Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit EL07-076 - NORDSTROM RACKNORDSTROM RACK 17200 SOUTHCENTER PY ELO7-076 Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Cityf Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 17200 SOUTHCENTER PY TUImW Tenant: Name: NORDSTROM RACK Address: 17200 SOUTHCENTER PY , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: ROBERT OLSO Address: 600 STEWART ST, STE 1000 , SEATTLE WA Contractor: Name: UNITED ELECTRIC CONTRACTORS INC Address: 5301 S 2 AV, #A , EVERETT WA Contractor License No: UNITEEC 176M6 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW TENANT SPACE: NEW PANEL GROUPING WITH UPS, NEW LIGHTING, HVAC, AND OFFICE, RETAIL, AAND STOREROOM SPACE Value of Electrical: 290,866.00 Type of Fire Protection: National Electrical Code Edition: 2005 Electrical Service provided by: Permit Center Authorized Signature: (JAL q--tetnnii I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, wh= er specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not pr •1�give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of • am authorized to sign and obtain this electrical permit. /' Signature: Date: /:: Print Name: ELECTRICAL PERMIT doc: EL -4/07 EL07 -076 Fees Collected: Permit Number: EL07 -076 Issue Date: 05/22/2007 Permit Expires On: 11/18/2007 Phone: Phone: 206 448 -3376 Phone: 425- 252 -7811 Expiration Date: 10/30/2007 $4,563.13 Date: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. Printed: 05-22 -2007 Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Tenant: 1: ** *ELECTRICAL * ** NORDSTROM RACK City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 17200 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: EL07 -076 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 05/02/2007 Issue Date: 05/22/2007 2: A copy of the electrical work permit shall be posted or otherwise made readily accessible to the Electrical Inspector at each work site. 3: Approved plans shall be maintained at the construction site and shall be readily available to the Electrical Inspector. 4: All electrical work shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 - NEC, and requirements for electrical installations, Chapter 296 -46B WAC. 5: When any portion of the electrical installation is to be hidden from view by permanent placement of parts of the building, such equipment shall not be concealed until it has been inspected and approved by the Electrical Inspector. 6: The issuance of an electrical work permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of the provisions of the electrical code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Permits or related documentation that presumes to grant this authority are therefore not valid. 7: Any change in the scope of work described by the electrical work permit shall require additional work permits. Where approved plans have been issued, revisions to the plans and additional review may be required. I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not pres a to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the perf;nance of work. Signature: Print Name: doc: Cond -Elec 2 Z1,2 //274fZ_ Date: .5 EL07 -076 Printed: 05-22 -2007 Name: Mailing Address: CITY OF TUKWILLA Community Development Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 htto://www.citukwila.wa.us ELECTRICAL PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * * Please Print ** Site Address: 1 72.00 £47ye .ELr'e& P Tenant Name: /✓OzP_OSTeoer aC' Property Owners Name: 14/ /G Aare Mailing Address: 4L9 // /3 `1 / 5'Cr /3E4L EvCIE ZciA CONTACT, PERSON - Who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issue Ste/ i7 /1 E E -Mail Address: L/arTEO - .Ce7ReG ©ecmile.4.rr• NET Electrical Permit No. Project No o City City ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION U,c',7 ED 6' 1- ec7X/c- eo T, 7o2 Z . or office use only) King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Suite Number: //0 Floor: New Tenant: O Yes ❑ ..No State Zip Day Telephone: *Z- 0 2-5 7. // �� e T it..45 82x3 State Zip Fax Number: At ✓- 2 S9- /8S6 Company Name: Mailing Address: 5 Sp eu71/ £4' 9,9,20_3 City State Zip Day Telephone: 4 4 2 5 - Z` e7W/ Fax Number: 92 5 2- / S s.� Expiration Date: /0/3O Contact Person: ✓/.4v't ��/Y/Ye E -Mail Address: g/ree Ee7� /c 4 57 ,/E7' Contractor Registration Number: LiIJ/7 i 'G /9 IY Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 2 90 8(26 - Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): AM) /a '47S�•�C E , NEa) / A-NeL � .QOU, /A4 4 -f,7,y UPS A/Ew .4./Cf17 #%' Vb , © A"/ 'c.e _4WD 7-9/A ) 5'TO..e tz'so/7 Will service be altered? ❑ Yes Er No Adding more than 50 amps? JWYes ❑ No Type of Use: Type of work: N New ❑ Addition ❑ Low Voltage ❑ Generator Property Served by: ❑ Puget Sound Energy ❑ Seattle City Light H: Applications\Forms- Applications On Lineal -2007 - Electrical Permit Application.doc bh ❑ Service Change ❑ Fire Alarm ❑ Remodel X Tenant Improvement ❑ Telecommunication ❑ Temporary Service Page 1 of 2 RESIDENTIAL NEW RESIDENTIAL SERVICE ❑ New single family dwellings $140.00 (including an attached garage) ❑ Garages, pools, spas and outbuildings $75.00 ea ❑ Low voltage systems (alarm, fumace thermostat) $55.00 ea RESIDENTIAL REMODEL AND SERVICE CHANGES ❑ Service change or alteration $75.00 (no added/altered circuits) ❑ Service change with added/altered circuits $75.00 number of added circuits $10.00 ea ❑ Circuits added/altered without service change $50.00 (up to 5 circuits) ❑ Circuits added/altered without service change $50.00 (6 or more circuits) $7.00 ea • ❑ Meter /mast repair $65.00 ❑ Low voltage systems $55.00 (alarm, furnace thermostat) BUILDING OWNER OR ELECTRIC ' Signature: Print Name: /2.gv/g / Mailing Address: Y.3d/ 24.' .2- I Date Application Accepted: ' '• f jZL pl- H:\Applications\Forms- Applications On line \4-2007 - Electrical Permit Application.doc bh City MULTI- FAMILY AND COMMERCIAL Fees are based on the valuation of the electrical contract. MISCELLANEOUS FEES ❑ Temporary service (residential) $58.00 ❑ Temporary service (generator) $75.00 ❑ Manufactured/mobile home service $80.00 (excluding garage or outbuilding) ❑ Carnivals $75.00 Number of concessions $10.00 ea PERMIT APPLICATION NOTE Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant., This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not to exceed 90 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY QF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND IAM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. Date: S / —o7 Day Telephone: 0 .5 -? v/ 41/9 ?gzo,3 State Zip Date Application Expires: Staff'Initials: Page 2 of 2 Parcel No.: Permit Number: EL07 -076 Address: 17200 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 05/02/2007 Applicant: NORDSTROM RACK Issue Date: Receipt No.: R07 -00911 Initials: WER Payment Date: 05/22/2007 11:35 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: united electric contractors inc TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Payment Check 27109 3,650.50 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description ELECTRICAL PERMIT - NONR City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Amount Account Code Current Pmts 000.322.101.00.0 3,650.50 Total: $3,650.50 Payment Amount: $3,650.50 8492 05/22 9716 TOTAL 3650.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 05-22 -2007 Parcel No.: Permit Number: EL07 -076 Address: 17200 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 05/02/2007 Applicant: NORDSTROM RACK Issue Date: Receipt No.: R07 -00733 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 05/02/2007 11:57 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $3,650.50 Payee: UNITED ELECTRIC CONTRACTORS, INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 27034 912.63 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts 000.345.832.00.0 912.63 Total: $912.63 Payment Amount: $912.63 7722 05/02 9716 TOTAL 912.63 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 05-02 -2007 Project: Alle. 4 < 70/4 g ■ k \../ Type of Inspection: Address: J .., 7 , . . a v S o u 7)1c64/7 klf./Y Date Called: S pecial Instructions: Date Wanted: Requester: Phone No: l Insgt i t i orz A /I7711,mi 01./ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION r- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-7 COMMENTS: ( - F/41 proved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Date: El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: 1 • - COMMENTS: pl). Type of Inspection: x/00 F /NJ1. — Cl i,91 i NA V 5 Address: I2 ;O 5 0/4 77, sOC6a J y . ,7(axAy Date Called: Na L1 To c_vm 'L, � - Q 7RviG< 41s7xhiAlr SYsTI4 c7 9 sg Gomf19c.--4Z U EGRESS G /G//T» , - Date Wanted: s . a.m. Project: NO/15 77 O,9C X Type of Inspection: x/00 Address: I2 ;O 5 � ci,v7 l /' w`' Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 30 2- a.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 pproved per applicable codes. Ei Corrections required prior to approval. I lnspec� r /GL ( / / `4& M / 'Date ,t / $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: PERMIT NO. s COMMENTS: p#9. Type of In77 Address: /) i - C-f-4 niiid a – - ' 094/4 44Z - /i$ — /2,4/A) gi) e..s F-66/A - xce-ier Date Wanted: c19‘)./ AM19tes 43? p.m. - A fif:-.C.S/A/G- /4,047_.s of Phone No: , ,4. Poj t ea cleorn c/z Type of In77 Address: /) i - C-f-4 niiid Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: e/2o 43? p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit El-a7— 076 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1Z 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3670 pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. linspe 1 Xarta t/6/1 I Date: 0 7 El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: ..1 • Project: _'/1 A/9 c / Type of Inspection: /mil Address: / ?; 501 C-fel 4 /144.`/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: i � // m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION / 4 • l\ 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -36'0 pproved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: , D44 7 014 - &or 77v/ GIN/ 73 !-"t.,eG c ,qt' Inspector:/) 14,01Y0 I DateKi /,7 /U $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: ,..�.._s;,; . :,- .,..,.yrti�`:.g ,,c.,,,A �., �r a_• ;3-a l. t�y . �.._ -aria Project: Type of Inspection: Address: g ' ate Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: Fl Requester: Phone No: 1 4 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 pproved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: oX - C . /Lirvh cm/z I lnsp� l L f/ ?ii-reAX/i,z//- ( k $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: 407- o7 Project: eflt 3W')M e/?c / Type of Inspection: 7b / ) 7t o N ef,► !r filvY Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7/(1 , (Coe p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 206)431- r2P3 COMMENTS: pr,)M7 St4 ' - /C _f ,fr c o4 T'.S roved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Insp or: I-L D r '/g// h.? $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: ZE; Project: No4Ari Pci< Type of In ection: 7oo3 Address: /79 Counl ciAtirqt 61.011 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: i / ‘04 . . Requester: Phone No: 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. ERMIT N CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-36 Q. COMMENTS: r,EJL/AIG-c - 4/AS / . 7 -- oefr Aoviric /»7!, of/ - sMicN Co/l72 A linsp PiiTtArk(6// p/tor: IDate: 7 $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: proved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. ,• - Project: N04,6 Ca' / ' /•i9L, Type of Inspection: - 700 7 Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: // � a.m. P.m. Requester: /, /G Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #1 00, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: f/ c.-ovro proved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. r I'V2- ee7ti47/) wo I 7 $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: EL47 076 (206)431 -3670 Project: a b s7 OA i A4 1 Type of Inspection: -7 or; - 3 Add ess: /720o Suiyari72 nwy Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 6 a.m p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #1 00, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 - COMMENTS: M /S //tl INmGL /4t &eM'-y IW/ El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'inspector: roved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: _.t, ' Project Info ProjectAddress 17200 Southcenter Parkway Suite 110 1 1 V I \Ilot�U1s Area in ft Allowed Watts Location Description Applicant Phone. , If per f or per 1f (or If for perimeter) x ft (or x If) Project Info ProjectAddress 17200 Southcenter Parkway Suite 110 Date 3/6/2007 Tukwila, WA 98188 For Building Department Use FILE Con . Permit No" Retail Applicant Name: Applicant Address: Applicant Phone. , Project Description / El New Building ❑ Addition • AItePAtion ■Plans Included ' Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and l qo / mmissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive QQ Lighting Power Allowance t 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft •• Area in ft Allowed x Area Retail Mercantile 1.50 ` 34788.0 52182.0 i 1;QDF rt)MPLtANCE 210 95.0 Sales Fixture "?.E" Recesed 2x4 fluores :eat NFPA 70 - NEC •, 32 95.0 " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 52182.0 Location (floor /room no.) . Fixture Descri Plwmb FOR of s Watts/ Fixture Wafts Proposed 19950.0 REVIFWF Sales Fixture "L" Recesed 2x4 fiuoresc i 1;QDF rt)MPLtANCE 210 95.0 Sales Fixture "?.E" Recesed 2x4 fluores :eat NFPA 70 - NEC •, 32 95.0 3040.0 Entry Fixture 913• Downlight fluorescent 8 45.0 360.0 Entry Fixture "133x" Downlight fluoreaci at MAT ill 1t NOT f1, 2 45.0 90. 0 Toilet Rm Fixture "C" Surface mount fluorescent I / jjvi 6 48.0 288.0 Toilet Rm Fixture 'CE" Surface mount fluo - - f - • ( __ 2 48.0 96.0 w' L "�• Employee/Tailor Fixture "O• Recessed 2x4 tluoree at Of I uk _-• a 11 71.0 781.0 Employee/ Tailor Fixture .01E" Recessed 2x4 fluore ..E3LJI LDING DIV1S1VN • 4 71.0 284.0 Office Fixture •M" Recessed 2x4 fluorescent 25 48.0 1200.0 Office Fixture "ME' Recessed 2x4 fluorescent 12 48.0 576.0 Stock Rm Fixture •02• Fluorescent strip 6 48.0 288.0 Stock Rm Fixture "OE" Fluorescent strip 4 48.0 192.0 Stock Rm Fixture •04" Fluorescent strip �1 Fixture "04E" Fluorescent strip CI R IUFD 31 DFTUKWILA2 95.0 48.0 2945.0 96.0 Stock Rm Men /Women, DR Fixture "EP' Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent MAY 02 71107 7 48.0 336.0 Men /Wo4mens DR Fixture 'OE" Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent 1 48.0 48.0 Men /Womens DR Fixture •0MS• Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent PE J (' (��7'�p TCE771E 87 95.0 8265.0 Men /Warrens DR Fixture *MS* Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent 8 7 95.0 8265.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watt to Interior Total Proposed Watts 47100.0 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting Summary LTG -SUM Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Revised May 2005 Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Notes: 1. Use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used 2. Include exit lights unless less than 5 watts per fixture. Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, not exception and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Maximum Allowed Lighti Wattage (Exterior) Covered Parking (standard paint) Fixture Description 6.2 W /ft Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed N/A Covered Parking (reflective painl) 0.3 W/ft Open Parking 0.2 W /ft Outdoor Areas Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Watts 0.2 W/ft Bldg. (by facade)' 0.25 W /ft Bldg. (by perim)' 7.5 W /If 1. Choose either the facade area or the perimeter method. but not both) Total Allowed Watts Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed N/A Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Watts 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard wired ballasts only. Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA`(W /sf) Painting, welding, carpentry, machine shops 2.3 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, pitals, institutions. museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Barber shops, beauty shops 2.0 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Hotel banquet/conference /exhibition hall" 2.0 Atria (atriums) 1.0 Laboratories 1.8 Assembly spaces", auditoriums, gymnasia heaters 1.0 Aircraft repair hangars 1.5 Group R -1 common areas 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments' 1.5 Process plants 1.0 Factories, workshops, handling 1.5 Restaurants/bars' 1.0 Gas stations, auto repair shops 1.5 Locker and/or shower facilities 0.8 Institutions 1.5 Warehouses ', storage areas 0.5 Libraries' 1.5 Aircraft storage hangars 0.4 Nursing homes and hoteVmotel guest rooms 1.5 Retail'', retail banking 1.5 Wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Parking garages (see exterior lighting) Section 1532 Mall concourses 1.4 Schools buildings (Group E occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.35 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only` . Laundries 1.2 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Medical Offices, Clinics" 1.2 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other I J Qualification Checklist Lighting • Check if all fixtures are ballasted and at least 95% of fixtures are either: Note It occupancy type is 'Other' and fixture Fixtures: answer is checked, the number of fixtures in (Section 1. Fluorescent fixtures which a) are non - lensed. b) have 1 or 2 two lamps c) have the space is not limited by Code. Clearly 1521) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T -4, T -5, T -6, T -8 lamps. d) have hard -wired electronic indicate these spaces on plans if not dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. quaLfied, do LPA Cak-Lldtipne 2. Metal Halide with at reflector bI ceramic MH lamps <- 150w c) electronic ballasts • - Exit and LED lights can be excluded from count if < 5 watts/fixture. 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting Summary (back) LTG -SUM Revised May 2005 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table_ See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as Seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) See Section 1532 for exterior lighting. 7) For conference rooms and offices Tess than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.20 w /ft may be used. 8) For the fire engine room, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance is 1.0 watts per square foot. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter - height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. 12) Medical and clinical offices include those facilities which, although not providing ovemight patient care. do provide medical, dental, or psychological examination and treatment. These spaces include, but are not limited to , laboratories and treatment centers. Lighting Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2004 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised May 2005 Project Address 17200 Southconter Parkway suite 110 (Date 3/6/2007 The following information is necessary to check a lighting permit application for compliance with the lighting requirements in the 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Applicability (yes. no, n.a.) I Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type indicate locations Yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch 0.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features. indicate locations n.a. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans 3.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans 0. a. 1513.4 Display /exhib/special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features. indicate location Yes (a) timer w /backup Indicate location yes (b) photocell Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -oft Indicate location Yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations Yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up. override capability): Indicate size of zone on plans yes 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning yes Lighting Sum. Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types. lamps. ballasts, watts per fixture n. a. 1437 IElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp. rpm, efficiency I If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Project Info Project Address 17200 Southcenter Parkway Suite 110 Date 3/6/2007 Tukwila, WA 98188 For Building Department Use Retail Applicant Name: Applicant Address: Applicant Phone. Project Description 52182.0 0 New Building • Addition ❑ Alteration • Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive ® Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft '• Area in ft Allowed x Area Retail Fixture "A" Recesed 2x4 fluorescent Mercantile 1.50 34788.0 52182.0 32 95.0 3040.0 Entry Fixture "E3" Downlight fluorescent 8 45.0 360.0 Entry Fixture "83E" Downligbt fluorescent 2 45.0 90.0 " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 52182.0 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 19950.0 Sales Fixture "A" Recesed 2x4 fluorescent 210 95.0 Sales Fixture "AZ" Recesed 2x4 fluorescent 32 95.0 3040.0 Entry Fixture "E3" Downlight fluorescent 8 45.0 360.0 Entry Fixture "83E" Downligbt fluorescent 2 45.0 90.0 Toilet Rm Fixture "C" Surface mount fluorescent 6 48.0 288.0 Toilet Rm Fixture "OE" Surface mount fluorescent 2 48.0 96.0 Employee /Tailor Fixture "0" Recessed 2x4 fluorescent 11 71.0 781.0 Employee/ Tailor Fixture "0E" Recessed 2x4 fluorescent 4 71.0 284.0 Office Fixture "M" Recessed 2x4 fluorescent 25 48.0 1200.0 Office Fixture "ME" Recessed 2x4 fluorescent 12 48.0 576.0 Stock Rm Fixture "02" Fluorescent strip 6 48.0 288.0 Stock Rm Fixture "OE" Fluorescent strip 4 48.0 192.0 Stock Rm Fixture "04" Fluorescent strip 31 95.0 2945.0 Stock Rm Fixture "04E" Fluorescent strip 2 48.0 96.0 Men /tf auen8 DR Fixture "U" Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent 7 48.0 336.0 Men /Woamens DR Fixture "UE" Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent 1 48.0 48.0 Mea /Womens DR Fixture "Ux3" Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent 87 95.0 8265.0 Men /Women DR Fixture "vats" Recessed 1x4 Fluorescent 87 95.0 8265.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 47100 .0 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting Summary LTG -SUM 2004 Washington Slate Nonremdenhal Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised May 2005 Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Notes: 1. Use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage. For hard -wired ballasts only. the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used 2. Include exit lights unless Tess than 5 watts per fixture. Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, not exception and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) Location Description Allowed Watts per ft or per if Area in ft (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Covered Parking (standard paint) Fixture Description 0.2 W /ft Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed N/A Covered Parking (reflective paint) 0.3 W/1t Open Parking 0.2 W/ft Outdoor Areas Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Watts 0.2 W/ft2 Bldg. (by facade)' 0.25 W /ft Bldg. (by perim)' 7.5 W /If 1. Choose either the facade area or the perimeter method. but not both) Total Allowed Watts Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed N/A Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Watts 2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard wired ballasts only. Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Use' LPA (W /sf) Use' LPA /sf) Painting, welding, carpentry, machine shops 2.3 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) ' ' 1.0 Barber shops, beauty shops 2.0 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Hotel banquet/conference /exhibition hall 2.0 Atria (atriums) 1.0 Laboratories 1.8 Assembly spaces ", auditoriums, gymnasia", heaters 1.0 Aircraft repair hangars 1.5 Group R -1 common areas 1.0 Cafeterias, fast loud establishments' 1.5 Process plants 1.0 Factories, workshops, handling 1.5 Restaurants/bars' 1.0 Gas stations, auto repair sh 1.5 1.5 Locker and/or shower facilities Warehouses ", storage areas 0.8 0.5 Institutions Libraries' 1.5 Aircraft storage hangars 0.4 Nursing homes and hoteVmotel guest rooms 1.5 Retail'', retail banking 1.5 Wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Parking garages (see exterior lighting) Section 1532 Mall concourses 1.4 Schools buildings (Group E occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.35 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' . Laundries 1.2 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 - Medical Offices, Clinics' 1.2 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other I Qualification Checklist Note If occupancy type is 'Other and fixture Lighting Fixtures: • Check if all fixtures are ballasted and at least 95% of fixtures are either: answer is checked. the number of fixtures in (Section 1. Fluorescent fixtures which a) are non - lensed. b) have 1 or 2 two lamps c) have the space is not limited by Code. Clearly 1521) 5 -60 watt T -1, T•2, T -4, T -5, T -6, T -8 lamps. d) have hard -wired electronic indicate these spaces on plans It not dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. auai;fied. do LPA Caic�ietic;ns 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts ' - Exit and LED lights can be excluded from count if < 5 watts/fixture. Lighting Summary (back) LTG -SUM 2004 Washington State Nonresideniiat Energy Code Compliance Forms TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA 2004 Washington State Noniesidenual Energy Code Compliance Form Revised May 20x)5 F oo t no t es for Ta 1 5 - 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by Iwo percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) See Section 1532 for exterior lighting. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 1501t with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.20 w /f1 may be used. 8) For the fire engine room, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance is 1.0 watts per square foot. 9) For indoor sport toumament courts with adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter - height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free- standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/11 of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. 12) Medical and clinical offices include those facilities which, although not providing ovemight patient care, do provide medical, dental, or psychological examination and treatment. These spaces include, but are not limited to • laboratories and treatment centers. Lighting Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2004 Washington Stale rJonresidertiat Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised May 2005 Project Address 17200 Southeenter Parkway Suite 110 'Date 3/6/2007 . The following information is necessary to check a lighting permit application for compliance with the lighting requirements in the 2004 Washinyton State Nonresidential Energy Code App{ic ability Code (yes. no, n.a.) l Section Component ( Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type indicate locations yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch 0- a _ 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features. indicate locations n. 8. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans n. a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans 0 . 8 - 1513.4 Display /exhib/special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features. indicate location yes (a) timer w /backup Indicate location ye s (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -oft Indicate location yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up. override capability): Indicate size of zone on plans yes 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for fighting controls commissioning ye s Lighting Sum. Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types. lamps. ballasts, watts per fixture a.m. I 1437 IElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I no is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2004 Washint.(ton State Nonresidential Eneryy Code Compliance Form • NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVIS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY FILE copy • . REVIEWED FOR @DE COMPLIANCE NFPA /a NEC MAY 18 2007 N A. Section Includes: GPritzeStibrNimments for all Sections of Division 16. COY Of Tukwila B. Related Sections: . B ILDIN _ n 1. 016000 - Temporary Facilities and Cbatrols: Temporary_Qower an • ligh ng - • • -- 11 --. 1 2. 07$400 - Firestopping: Fire rated penetration seals at ratenonstruction. 3. Diyision 23 - HVAC: Mechanical equipment requiring electrieal connections. 4. 2500 = Integrated Automation and Control of HVAC. - .:t C. The Drawings, provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL CONTRACT WORK A. Electrical work includes all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for a complete building electrical system, including, but not limited to: 1. Electrical service Equipment as indicated on the plans. 2. A system of feeders power pangls and branch - circuit panels, as indicated on the plans. 3. Complete installation of the panelgroup furnished by others. 4. Branch - circuit wiring system for motors, receptacles, junction boxes, lighting and control wiring. 5. Wall switches, receptacles, floor boxes, and other devices as shown on the Drawings. 6. Installation of tight fixtures. 7. A complete lighting system. S. Electrical service to mechanical equipment, including the following: a. All line voltage wiring, conduit, and connections from panelboard up to and including fused disconnects for HVAC equipment, including final connection to equipment. b. All low voltage control wiring, conduit, and connections from control devices to HVAC and Energy Management Systems. c. All line voltage control wiring, conduit, and connections from control devices to HVAC and Energy Management Systems. d. All magnetic starters for motors and HVAC equipment not equipped with factory installed starters. Include cost for the EMCS connection to the starter. 9. Low voltage conduit system as follows: a. Telephone system conduit. Include all conduit indicated on the plans. Include all conduit sleeves through walls, shafts, and floor for cabling penetrations. Include pull strings in all conduits b. Data system conduit. Include all conduit indicated on the plans. Include all conduit sleeves through walls, shafts, and floor for cabling penetrations. Include pull strings in all conduits. c. Sound, Security, and Fire Alarm system conduit. Include all conduit indicated on the plans. Include all conduit sleeves through walls, shafts, and floor for cabling penetrations. Include pull strings in all conduits 10. Provide all electrical devices and branch circuiting within the cashwrap casework as indicated on the cashwrap detail on the plans. 11. Final connections to all equipment supplied by others or under other Divisions. RECEIVED 12. Emergency lighting system. CITY OFTUKWILA 13. Low voltage plaster rings and pull strings for all data, voice, sound, security, and fire alarm system device unless noted otherwise. MANY 02 ?007 14. Wiring and equipment installation, connection and termination of all equipment described in t+c� Section 255500. P RCENTER 15. Pilot relays for all magnetic starters and lighting contactors. Dle 16. All related supplementary and miscellaneous appurtenances and devices. Page 235 Section 260013 Electrical General Provisions 260013 -1 �.....:.L.J M x..:1.1..... G'....6........ ..t %A /A ^'-Jtat--- w --- -' -- -`- - - ..... - .------ FILE COPY 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 17 Installation of the EMCS panels and hardware fumished by Trane. Refer to the EMCS plans for the complete scope. 18. Provide all ,EMCS cabling and terminations indicated on the electrical plans and details. Refer to EMCS plans for the complete scope. 19. Start-up and commissioning of the Owner fur tgh art riertuptible power supply (UPS) for the data/voice system equipment. 20. Provide feeder conductors from the Landlord provided servile d`iscormct switch to the tenant panelgroup. 1.3 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THESE, SPECIFICATIONS A. General: Provide wiring, conduit, switches, and boxes as required to make final connection to all miscellaneous equipment and machinery fumished and set in place under other Sections of these specifications, induding but not limited to Tailor /Alterations equipment, illuminated signs, compactor, baler, casework, HVAC equipment, and the Owner fumished UPS system. B. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS): 1. Make final connections to UPS furnished by Owner. 2. Make connections in accordance with the instructions and reoommendations of the equipment manufacturer. 3. Provide all labor to uncrate, set in place, assemble and connect the UPS unit. C. Panelgroup: Provide a complete installation of the paneigroup furnished by PCX as noted on the plans, and as required for a complete operational installation, and in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals as specified below, and in accordance with Sections 013300 and 017700, as appropriate. B. Submit complete product data and shop drawings for each system at the same time. C. Product Data: 1. Submit for all products fumished in other Division 16 Sections. 2. Submit in booklet form with data arranged under basic categories; i.e., lighting fixtures, panels, etc. Indude a typewritten index with dividers and identifying tabs between sections and references to Section of the Specifications. 3. Provide 6 identical copies of a complete equipment material list with the item or model to be used dearly marked, showing ratings where appropriate for approval and coordination. Indicate substitute items separately. D. Shop Drawings: Submit as required in other Division 16 Sections. E. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit reports on all tests required under this Section. Indude copies in Operation and Maintenance Manual. F. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. Electrical record drawings. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals for electrical systems. Indude the following: a. Copies of all test reports. b. Record of final torque at bolted wire connections. c. All product data information. d. All warranty information. v ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment Supplier Qualifications: All equipment suppliers shall have continuously represented products supplied for a minimum of 3 years and shall be located within 75 road miles of the site. •xa, r Page 236 0�....:d..d ♦.. O..:Id..... C....1..,.. ..f %ASA. 1n Cos* Y^nnriainne Anreornun+ coo www hvwa rnm 260013 -2 03/07/07 Page 237 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS B. Codes: Comply with requirements of the Code Authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6 TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING A. Provide temporary power and lighting as specified in Section 015000. 1.7 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING A. As soon as practical, connect power to the HVAC units, and permanent store lighting. B. Mechanical Equipment: Complete final connection and energize all equipment 15 days prior to required time of start -up of equipment, as specified in Section 230013. C. Panelgroup. Electrical contractor shall sequence work as required to accommodate the panelgroup delivery. This shall include, but is not limited to, sequencing the electrical installation in accordance with the scheduled delivery date of the panelgroup, plus -or -minus two weeks. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades related to electrical work. B. Coordinate electrical work to avoid conflicts with the following prior to commencing installation. Adjust electrical work to avoid conflicts whenever possible. Verify the following before installing work; notify the Architect of all unresolvable conflicts. 1. Locations of ceilings. 2. Door swings. 3. Millwork and millwork details. 4. Windows and other openings. 5. Locations of all wall covering and of wainscots in stock rooms. 6. Locations and extent of all rated walls and enclosures. 7. Transformer locations. 8. Extent of all rated walls and enclosures. S. Stone and other special finish materials. 10. Display casework. 11. Stock shelving and hang rod locations. 12. Access requirements for HVAC equipment and accessories C. Interference with Other Systems: Placement of elements in ceiling plenums shall be coordinated among the various trades according to the following order of precedence, with the first having highest priority: 1. Light fixtures. 2. Floor outlets. 3. Sprinkler heads. 4. Ductwork. 5. Drainage piping. 6. Other piping, electrical conduit, and low voltage wiring systems. D. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic, and complete details of the building which affect the electrical Installation are not shown. For additional details, coordinate with the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Sprinkler Fire Protection, and separate Nordstrom casework drawings. E. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic, and complete details of the building which affect the electrical installation are not shown. For additional details, coordinate with the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Sprinkler Fire Protection, and separate Nordstrom casework drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Electrical equipment shall be as specified in the other Division 16 Sections. 260013 -3 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS B. AU equipment shall be UL labeled unless approved otherwise. C. Each piece of equipment shall be supplied as a complete unit In accordance with the manufacturer's standard specifications and shall indude all optional items required for proper installation unless otherwise noted. D. All equipment shall be regularly catalogued items of the manufacturer and shall have been in use for at least 3 years. E. Do not use equipment exceeding the dimensions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting electrical work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 TENANT SERVICE COORDINATION A. The Tenant service disconnect and metering is provided by the Landlord, perform the following: 1. Consult with the Landlord the requirements for connecting the Tenant electrical panels to this service. Pay all associated cost required to energize the Tenant panels. Refer to electrical drawings for additional notes and details. 2. Confirm the date permanent power will be available at the Tenant electrical panels. Report findings to the Architect. B. Coordinate and install blockouts in construction as work progresses. Do not interfere with reinforcing steel. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install electrical work as indicated, in accordance with the general requirements specified in this Section, and in accordance with the specific requirements specified in the other Division 16 Sections. B. Trenching and Backfill: Perform trenching and backfill in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 312000. C. General Equipment Installation Requirements: 1. Install electrical equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions unless specified otherwise. 2. Maintain minimum equipment clearances indicated. D. Cutting and Patching: 1. All cutting, patching and core drilling required to accomplish the work under this Division shall be performed by the General Contractor, limited in scope to only that which is necessary to accomplish the new work. 2. The cost for all cutting, patching and core drilling done by the General Contractor to accommodate the electrical work shall be bome by the electrical subcontractor. Include a cost allowance in the Electrical Bid. 3. Fumish cutting, patching, equipment curb or base requirements to the General Contractor well in advance of work. 4. Cutting of structural members shall be done only with Architect approval. 5. Saw cut or core drill openings in concrete. Page 238 o..aa ..., c... t........ to /A 1.... c.., ........, n.... rs ...... A.....,.......a ...... ....... 6.0.11... 260013 -4 03/07/07 Page 239 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS E. General Requirements for Outlet Locations: 1. Outlet locations shown are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify exact location before installation. 2. Check outlet location with the Architectural, Interior, Mechanical, and Display Casework Drawings, and coordinate with the various other affected trades to assure no conflict exists between the electrical outlets and work of other trades. 3. Where indicated for mounting on columns, all outlets, including telephone, sensor, and data communications boxes, shall be mounted on the centerline or symmetrical about the centerline of the column face. 4. The Owner reserves the right to make reasonable changes in outlet locations without additional expense. 5. Indicated outlet heights shall be measured to the centerline of the outlet. F. General Anchorage Requirements: 1. Make no attachments which will impair the integrity of structural members. 2. Do not support work from any acoustical ceiling suspension system, HVAC, plumbing, or sprinkler system components. 3. Comply with Section 014500 requirements for attachment into steel decking. G. General Requirements for Racks, Stands, and Supports: 1. Provide all racks, stands and supports for equipment and work as required. 2. Unless specified or indicated otherwise in other Division 16 Sections, fabricate racks and supports from steel angle or channels cut to fit neatly. Weld or bolt securely into place. 3. Design, attach, and anchor racks, stands and supports to resist vertical and lateral Toads required by Code, Including seismic. 4. Install racks as close to ceiling structure as possible. Racks that run through upper storage areas shall be run tight to structure to allow for 7'-6" head room on upper level. 5. Verify location of sprinkler piping, ductwork and plumbing piping and fully coordinate installation of light fixtures with other trades prior to installation of racks. H. Firestopping: Specified in Section 078400. I. Replace all fireproofing damaged or removed during the course of electrical work to maintain the fire resistive ratings. J. Provide all bloc trouts, bucks, inserts, anchors and racks required for electrical work. K. Identification and Labeling: 1. Equip each distribution and branch circuit panel with a typewritten directory accurately indicating rooms and /or equipment being served, induding the main switchboard. Note all disconnects in switchboard as main disconnect #1, etc., or as to the panel or equipment they serve. Labels shall be installed at least one month before store tum over. Place in a dear plastic sleeve fixed to the interior of the door. 2. Branch Circuits: Make use of all standard colors on branch circuits. Identify emergency circuits in red throughout. Where groups of different systems junction in a common box, group each cable with its own system and identify, using tags or Identification strips. Label cover plates with circuit numbers. 3. Provide tag for each conductor in panels, gutters, wireway and boxes to identify conductor and circuit number. 4. Label each J box with circuits contained, on the inside face of the J box cover in finished areas and on cover in unfinished areas. 5. 3 -Phase Systems: On all 3 -phase systems, identify each phase at all terminals using code markers. 6. Disconnects and Control Stations: Mark all disconnects and control stations controlling remote equipment to identify the device being controlled. Marking shall be engraved lamacoid with minimum 1/2" white letters on a black background. Write circuit numbers inside the disconnect or control stations noting circuit contained. 260013 -5 03/07/07 Page 240 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 7. Switchboards and Panels: Identify all switchboards, distribution panels, lighting and power panels, contactors, relays, motor starters, disconnects on main panel boards, etc., with engraved Iamacoid nameplates fastened to the equipment with epoxy adhesive. Nameplates shall be 1/8 ", 5-ply lamacoid with 1/4" white letters on black background, (white letters on a red background for equipment on an emergency circuit). Nameplates shall be visible when equipment door is dosed. Information on the label shall include switchboard, panel, etc., designation, voltage and conductor insulation color coding in accordance with NEC 210.4, (d). 8. Contactors and Relay Bases: Provide 3/8° black letters with white background labels to identify each contactor by contactor number and each relay by contactor number served by the relay. 9. At least 1 weeks prior to store turnover, permanently attach to the inside cover of each panel a copy of the record panel schedule. Panel schedule shall show the list of contactors associated with each panel. 3.4 CONDUIT CLEANING A. After conduit has been installed, conduit shall be cleared of debris, moisture, and deaned. B. Conduit shall be tested for obstructions and flattening by pulling a mandrel of appropriate size through the conduit. C. Cleaning of conduit shall be performed by drawing a brush with stiff bristles and a swab through each conduit. Perform swabbing until conduit is dean and dry. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust all voltage taps on transformers for an optimum operating level. B. Adjust all auxiliary systems for optimum performance. C. Measure load balance on all panels and reconnect loads as may be necessary to obtain a reasonable balance of load on phases. D. Within 15 days prior to store tumover, re- torque all bolted wire connections in panels and switchboards, in compliance with applicable NEC requirements. Record date, connection location, and torque applied. E. Adjust all light fixture beam pattems as directed by the Owner. F. Measure building electrical service voltage and report measurement to the Architect. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During the course of construction, and again approximately 3 weeks prior to Substantial Completion, verify the following for proper operation, and conduct tests, as indicated. 1. Check ground system. 2. Check all motors for proper rotation. 3. Data and telephone ground system maximum ohms impedance. 4. Fire annunciation system. 5. Tamper and flow switches. 6. Emergency lighting system. 7. GFCI receptacles. 8. Verify transformer secondary voltages. 9. Tests as required by jurisdictional authorities as prerequisite to Certificate of Occupancy. 10. Tests as required under other Division 16 specification Sections. 11. Service disconnect ground fault interrupter (for service size larger than 800 amps). B. Except as otherwise approved by the Owner, all other testing performed after scheduled store substantial completion shall be performed outside of normal working hours. Coordinate scheduling of tests with the Owner. 260013 -6 03/07/07 Page 241 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS C. Main Service Ground Fault Protection Device (For Service Size Greater Than 800 Amps As Indicated On The Tenant Plans): 1. Contractor shall pay cost for qualified independent Electrical Testing Agency to complete engineering calculation that determines pick -up setting and time delay setting for the main service GFP device at the service disconnect. This requirement shall apply to the service disconnect/GFP (provided by Landlord or Tenant contractor) rated greater than 800 amps as indicated on the plans. Copy of calculation indicating settings shall be submitted to the Architect. 2. Contractor shall pay cost for same Electrical Testing Agency to test the operation of the main service GFP device as required by NEC 230 -95. Test shall adhere to Neta ATS -1995 7.14 procedures. Copy of complete test procedure and results shall be submitted to the Architect. 3. For the complete duration of construction the main service GFP device shall be set at the minimum device settings; Pick -up of 200 amps, and time delay of .10 seconds. Contractor to notify Owner immediately if nuisance tripping of GFP device creates any job delays and review a revised setting for approval by the Owner. 4. At Store substantial completion Contractor shall reset the main service GFP device to settings calculated by the electrical Testing Agency. Settings and date shall be engraved on a permanent lamacoid nameplate and attached to the GFP device. D. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) — Measure VL -L and VL-N for each phase at the input and output of the installed UPS and submit written test documentation for: 1. Normal operation. 2. With service circuit breaker switched off. 3.7 CLEANUP A. Leave all equipment dean and ready for use. Protect all equipment from damage during construction. Leave in new appearance. All enclosures (i.e. - switchgear, electrical panels, disconnects, contactors, etc.) shall be vacuumed to remove all dust and debris. Wipe faces of all panels, contactors, etc., so they are free of dirt and touch up paint where marred. All equipment shall be protected during construction from water, dust and debris. Equipment not protected shall be replaced at Electrical Contractor's expense. B. Remove all labels, paint, plaster, dirt, etc., from the fixtures, equipment and piping. 3.8 SPECIAL STORE OPENING SERVICES A. Provide services of the electrical Job foreman at the site, full -time, for the first twelve hours of public store operation to assure continuous operation of all electrical equipment. END OF SECTION 260013 -7 03/07/07 Page 242 Section 260500 Common Work Results for Electrical NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for installation of wiring and conduit systems. B. Related Sections: 1. 012300 — Alternates: Alternate descriptions. 2. 012200 — Unit Prices: Unit price descriptions. 3. 083323 — Overhead Coiling Doors: Coordinate electrical rough -in and connections to all equipment. 4. 101419 — Dimensional Letter Signage: Coordinate electrical rough -in and service to all neon equipment. 5. 255500 — Integrated Automation and Control of HVAC. 6. 260013 — Electrical General Provisions: General requirements for the work of this Section. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, induding bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016000. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Sections 013300, 017700, and 260013, as appropriate. B. Feeder Routing Drawings: Prior to the installation of feeders for panelboards and major mechanical equipment, submit drawings which indicate feeder routing. Include location of pull boxes, transformers and disconnect switches as well as quantity, size and routing of conduits. Indicate height above finish floor for horizontal runs of conduits and pull boxes. C. Submit drawings for approval of all junction boxes, pull boxes, or wireway not shown on the drawings that are larger than 6 x6 - x6'. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Submit documentation that hose testing has been performed on all conduit penetrations through waterproof membranes and exterior building envelope. Include location, time, and date of test, results, and remedies, as appropriate. 2. Submit thermographic testing report. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Rated Systems: Maintain the integrity of fireproofing materials and systems and of rated partitions and floors at all electrical penetrations. B. Thermographic Testing Survey: Performed by Colbert Infrared Services, Seattle, WA (Telephone 206/568 -4431; 1- 800/800 -8178; or fredc@thermaltrend.com); contact Fred Colbert or Snell Thermal Inspections, Eagle, ID (Telephone 208/938 -9192; FAX 208/938 - 9692); contact Fred Bartel. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with work of Section 071313 for sealing around subgrade conduit penetrations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT, RACEWAY, AND WIREWAY A. Conduit Materials: 1. Rigid Steel: Standard weight rigid steel conduit; mild steel pipe; hot -dipped galvanized or sherardized. Finish inside and outside of the conduit with a protective coating. Couplings, elbows, bends, etc., shall be subject to the same requirements as for rigid steel conduit. 260500 -1 03/07/07 Page 243 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Cold -rolled steel tubing with a zinc- coating on the outside and a protective enamel coating on the inside; ETP or approved. Fittings shall meet the following requirements: a. Same finish and materials as EMT. b. Approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories. c. Listed as concrete tight with insulated throat. d. Compression -ring, rain -tight and concrete- tight. e. EMT set screw type connectors shall be all steel one -piece concrete tight with insulated throat. 3. Liquid -tight Flexible Conduit: Galvanized steel with continuous copper content or separate copper conductor and extruded polyvinyl covering and with water -tight connectors. 4. Flexible Conduit: Galvanized steel with continuous copper content or separate copper conductor. Fittings screw wedge type. 5. Pre- manufactured Wiring System for the Lighting System (as indicated on the plans): a. Manufacturer. Lightolier /Gentyte (Contact Rob Eking; (206)527 -9707) or Reloc (Contact Cart Daum, Stusser Electric Co., Contact phone number — (206) 623 -1501 or 1- 800-426- 7750.). b. Single circuit, 2-wire with ground or two circuit, 3-wire with ground flexible wiring system consisting of distribution box, cables, lighting cables, extender cables with all components required for a complete and operating system. Cables shall be MC cable containing #12 AWG solid copper conductors with 90 °C insulation. The flexible wiring system shall be rated 120 volt or 277 volt as indicated on the Drawings. c. All components shall be UL listed. 6. Rigid PVC Conduit: High impact polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 80, meeting minimum requirements of NEC. Fittings PVC solvent weld type. B. Surface Raceway: Include all couplings, elbows, and boxes. Size to accommodate required number of conductors. Wiremold, or approved equal. C. Wireway: NEMA I lay -in wireway of size indicated. 1. Arrange wireway cover for removal, hinging and locking closed by captive type fasteners. 2. Provide with necessary fittings, with or without knock -outs, with solid cover where passing through partitions. 3. PVC wireway may be used for limited voltage systems where not installed in environmental air plenums. 2.2 BOXES A. Lighting Outlet Boxes: Hot - dipped galvanized, 4 inch octagon. 1. Fumish with extension and plaster rings for conditions. 2. Fumish with proper depth for partition thickness. 3. Fumish with proper fittings to support and attach lighting fixtures. 4. At incandescent fixtures and other ceiling mounted devices in lay-in acoustical tile ceilings, furnish bar hangers for anchorage to ceiling construction members which will not interfere with tile removal. B. Switch and Receptacle Boxes for Concealed Wring: Hot - dipped galvanized; 4 inches square and a minimum depth of 1 -1/2° unless otherwise indicated; fumish bar hangers for metal stud partitions; fumish with suitable extensions and plaster rings. C. Boxes for 277 volt Switches on Opposite Phases: Gang - switch type with barriers between switches. D. Pull and Junction Boxes: Code -sized galvanized steel boxes provided with plain blank removable covers held in place with screws unless otherwise indicated. E. Conduit Bodies: Cadmium - plated conduit fittings, cast ferrous metal type; obround series, with sharp dean threads. n_ e.... IP* Its 260500 -2 03/07/07 Device Type Rating Hubbell No. Leviton No. Bryant No. General Duplex 20A/125V HBL 5352 5362A 5362 GFI Duplex 20A/125V, 5ma trip HBL GF5362 , 6898HG GFR53FT Tamperproof Duplex 20A/125V HBL SG63H 5262G HUBBELL HBL SG63H Isolated Ground Duplex 20A/125V HBL IG5362 53621G 53621G Isolated Ground Single 20A/125V HBL IG5361 5361IG 5361IG Switch — SPST 20N120 -277V AC CS1221 1221 -2 1121 Switch — three way 20N120 -277V AC CS1223 1223 -2 1123 Switch — four way 20N120 -277V AC CS1224 1224 -2 1124 Switch — keyed 20N120 -277V AC HBL 1221 + KEY 1222-2L 4901 -L Switch — momentary t contact 20N120 -277V AC HBL 1557 1257 4921 Switch — w /pilot light on w/load on 20A/120 -277V AC HBL 1221PL (red) 1221 -PLR (red) 120V7PR(red)277V 4901- PLR120(red) PLR277(red) Switch — w /pilot light on w/load off 20N120 -277V AC HBL 1221IL (clear) 1221 -LHC (clear)120 7LC(dear)277V 4901— GLC (clear) _ Page 244 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2.3 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and Cable for 600 Volts and Below: Single conductor, soft drawn copper with 600 volt insulation, UL listed. 1. For Feeders and Branch Circuits: type THW, RHW, THWN, THHN or XHHN; conduit sizes are based on THW, when THHN or XHHN is used, conduit size may be decreased to size specified in NEC. 2. Size: Wire size #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Wire size #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. Use no wire smaller than #12 AWG, except as follows: a. Smaller size wire may be used only where specifically indicated. b. No. 14 AWG may be used for pilot control and signal circuits. 3. Size conductors to limit voltage drop to NEC requirements. B. Color Coding: Color code all conductors in accord with NEC as follows: 1. Color code all wiring. 2. Use the following colors in lighting and power wiring: 120/208 Volt 277/480 Volt Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutrals White Gray 3. Color coding of ends only will be acceptable for feeder phase and neutral conductors. C. Low Voltage Cable: Refer to individual Sections for cable specifications and color of outer jacket. 2.4 WIRING DEVICES A. Each type of wiring device shall be the product of a single manufacturer ad shall be similar in appearance. B. Receptacles and switches shall be of specified colors. Project shall contain devices only as scheduled below: Bryant shall utilize a Hubbell tamperproof device. C. Coverplates: 1. Interior (Typical): Specification grade plastic unless specified otherwise; colors as scheduled, where not scheduled, furnish white. 2. Exterior. Weather resistant; die -cast zinc, with self dosing cover, non - corroding stainless steel springs and rubber gasket; bronze color. Cover shall provide weatherproof protection when receptacle is in use per NEC 410 -57. D. Color Schedule: 1. Stock Rooms: gray device/stainless steel coverplate. 260500 -3 03/07/07 Page 245 I-- r__ -- _ -. - NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2. Restroom: white device/white coverplate. 3. Dressing Rooms: white device/white coverplate. 4. Sales Area: white device/white coverplate, receptacle at Temp POS locations at cashwraps shall be white device/stainless coverplate. 5. Office Areas and Corridors: white device/white coverplate. 6. Maintenance, Equipment, POS Storage, Men's Furnishing Storage, and MC Room: shall be gray device/stainless coverplate. 7. I.G. Receptacles: Orange device/orange coverplate. E. 208V, 1 and 3 phase Receptacles: NEMA number as noted on drawings. F. Flush Floor Receptacles: Walker 885 with 895 cover with duplex receptacle and carpet and/or paver tile flange as required. G. Photo Celt: Furnished by Trane Co. and installed by the electrical contractor. H. Wiremold: Wiremold 2400 with NEMA 5-20R receptacles as indicated on the Drawings; Install as noted on the Drawings with all fittings, end caps, entrance plates, and other accessories as required for a complete installation. I. Tamperproof Receptacle. Leviton 5362 - ST or equivalent by Bryant or PBS. Color same as other duplexes dependent on area finish. For installation in all Children's Departments. J. Switches for Overhead Coiling Doors: Furnished under Section 083323. K. Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensor: Watt Stopper Inc. #W -500A, W -1000A or W -2000A with power and slave packs as indicated on the Drawings. Contact Rich Wilkens; Milligan Sales Co. Inc.; 206/382 -9410. L. Branch Circuit Surge Suppression Device: Furnished integral to panelgroup. 2.5 SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS A. Owner Furnished Free Standing Group Mounted Panels (Panelgroup): 1. The panelgroup (panelboards integrated into a switchboard type structure) shall be fumished by the Owner for Installation by the electrical sub - contractor. 2. Manufacturer PCX Corporation (Dean Di Liilo 919 = 359 - 3914). All electrical distribution equipment shall be by a single manufacturer. 3. Complete panelboards as indicated on the drawings and as specified, shall be fumished with the panelgroup. 4. Panelgroup shall be completely self - supporting structure of the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form one metal - enclosed unit 90 inches high. Sides, top and rear covers shall be code gage steel, bolted to the panelboard structure. The frame structure members shall be die- formed, 1 -gage steel bolted together and reinforced at corners with rugged gussets Internal and external to the structure members. The panelgroup frame shall be suitable for use as floor sills in indoor installations. 5. A ground bus shall be furnished secured to each vertical section structure and shall extend the entire length of the panelboard. 6. All vertical sections comprising the panelboard shall be rear- aligned. 7. All steel surfaces shall be chemically cleaned and treated, and painted with ANSI -61 light gray paint. 8. Control wiring, necessary to fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the panelboard shall be furnished when required. Control wire leaving the panelboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips. 9. All hardware used on conductors shall have a high tensile strength and a suitable protective finish. 10. Panelboard shall be provided with adequate lifting means and be capable of being rolled or moved into installation position, and bolted directly to the floor without the use of floor sills. 11. Cable connectors shall be tin - plated aluminum and UL listed for copper cables. The connectors shall be mechanical type lugs, for short circuit ratings of 100,000A or less. Short circuit ratings above 100,000 shall have compression lug. 260500 -4 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 12. Panelboard current ratings induding devices shall be based upon operation in a 25 °C room ambient. 13. Panels mounted in group mounted panels shall be equal to GE type AE for 480/277 VAC bolt on breakers and type AQ or SBO 240 VAC bolt on 3 phase 4W. 14. Provide index label holder permanently attached to the inside face of the panel cover. Index shall be 1,3,5,2,4,6 format, and shall note what each circuit serves. 15. Panels shall contain all circuits noted on drawings. Bussing shall be as shown on drawings. 16. Each branch circuit panel shall be fumished with a door and lock, keyed alike. 17. Panelgroup shall be braced to the wall and attached to the floor by the electrical sub - contractor. 18. Panelgroup shall be configured to fit space shown on the Drawings. 19. Circuit breakers shall be fumished with the panelgroup, with ratings as configuration as indicated on the plans. Breakers designated as serving air conditioning, FIT units, heating and . refrigeration equipment shall be UL listed as HACR type. 20. A TVSS device shall be fumished with the panelgroup for the isolated ground panelboard TE. The TVSS device shall be integral to the panelboard, with a direct buss - connection. The device shalt be annunciated on the cover of the panelboard. B. Main Switchboard: 1. The main service disconnect is provided by the Landlord. 2. All service entrance equipment shall comply with the serving utility and the Landlord's requirements. C. Overcurrent Protective Devices: 1. Main Service Disconnects: a. Provided by the Landlord. 2. Feeder and branch circuit breakers shall be fumished with the panelgroup. Provide breakers of amperage, voltage and RMS interrupting rating shown, with permanent thermal trip and adjustable instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Construct with overcenter, trip -free, toggle type operating mechanisms with quick -made, quick -break action and positive handle indication. Construct breakers for mounting and operation in any physical position and in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. Provide with mechanical screw type removable connector lugs, AUCU rated, of proper size to accommodate conductors specified. 3. Disconnect Switches: Disconnect switches shall be general duty, horsepower rated safety switches, fused or nonfused, in NEMA -1 enclosures or 3R, enclosures, rated at 250 volts or 600 volts. Refer to plans for indication of fused or nonfused switches. Fumish raintight where noted. D. Disconnect Switches: Disconnect switches shall be general duty, horsepower rated safety switches, fused or nonfused, in NEMA -1 endosures or 3R endosures, rated at 250 volts or 600 volts. Refer to plans for indication of fused or nonfused switches. Furnish raintight where noted. E. Interrupting Rating: All switchboards, panelboards, circuit breakers and fusible switches shalt be fully or series rated and labeled per NEC 240 -83. The rated system shall be UL recognized and all components shalt be marked with the interrupting rating by the manufacturer. Refer to electrical plans for available fault current levels. F. Boxes: Boxes shall be made of Code gage steel heavily galvanized and painted, with a hinged door or screwed coverplate. G. Provide labeling for panetboards as specified in Section 260013. 2.6 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS (Owner Furnished and Included in Panelgroup) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: ITE, Siemens, GE, Cuttler Hammer, or Square D. B. Description: 1. Air cooled, 3 -coil, two winding type 480- 208/120V wye, 60 cycle or as indicated. 2. KVA rating as indicated. 3. Rated sound level equal to or below NEMA maximums. 4. 3 Phase Transformers(30 KVA and Above): a. Four 2 -1/2% FCBN taps and 2 above b. Suitable for indoor service. 260500 -5 03/07/07 Page 247 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL c. Arranged for wall mounting or suspension from structure as indicated. d. Insulation: Class H with average temperature rise not exceeding 115 °C based on 40 °C ambient at full load. 5. 3 Phase Transformers (below 30 KVA): Class B, F, or H insulation and two 5% FCBN taps. 6. Impedance of transformer shall meet NEMA standard. 2.7 MOTOR STARTERS A. Manual Motor Starters: Single phase fractional horsepower, 1 HP maximum NEMA Type I general purpose enclosure, GE CR 101 Series. B. Magnetic Motor Starters: 1. Full voltage, non - reversing, across- the -line type rated in compliance with NEMA sizes and horsepower ratings. 2. Starters size 5 and smaller shall have double break silver alloy contracts. Starters size 6 and larger shall employ single break contacts. 3. Each starter shall include "HAND-OFF-AUTO" selector switch, 120 volt coil, 100 VA control transformer and spare auxiliary interlock contacts, GE CR 306 and CR 386 Series. 4. Starters shall include overload relay with 3 overload heaters for 3 phase motors. Overload heaters shall be sized per NEC and based on motor requirements indicated on motor nameplate. 2.8 REMOTE CONTROL LIGHTING CONTACTOR A. All lighting contactors shall be fumished and pre -wired with the Owner Fumished panelgroup. IDEC RH1B-U-AC24V control pilot relay shall be furnished and pre -wired in the panelgroup for each contactor as described on the Drawings. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Conduit Support Components: 1. Inserts shall be Grinnell Fig. 282, Code Devices, Inc., No. 1 or equal. 2. Beam Clamps: Suitable for structural members and conditions. 3. Rods: Galvanized steel or cadmium - plated threaded rods; 3/8" diameter minimum. 4. Trapeze Hangers: Steel City No. B -900, Unistruct No. P -1000, or equal. B. Hanger fasteners: Provide inserts or fasteners to attach hangers to structure. 1. Attachment to metal roof deck may be by means of pre- punched tabs, pre - punched holes or with screws in sides of ribs or toggle bolts in bottom of ribs. 2. Conform to general anchorage requirements specified in Section 260013. 3. Do not use concrete nails in masonry walls. 4. Do not use drilled or explosive driven inserts in precast - prestressed concrete construction. 5. Drilled or explosive driven inserts may not extend more than 1 inch into post concrete construction. C. Sleeves: Rigid steel or styrene plastic conduit sized to accommodate work passing through. Do not use plastic sleeves in fire rated watts or plenum spaces. D. Firestopping: As specified in Section 078400. E. Pull -in Lubricant: Powdered soapstone or Minerallac Pull -In Compound or approved; do not use cable pulling lubricant compound containing petroleum or other products which may deteriorate insulation. F. Insulating Tape: Approved electrical plastic or self -curing laminated rubber type. G. Low voltage Cable Supports: Provide Caddy Cablecat wide base cable supports (J- hooks) — no substitutions. Provide Caddy part number #CAT 32 series j- hooks. Provide all beam damps, hangars, and miscellaneous installation hardware. Provide with beam damps as required or install on threaded rod as detailed on the Drawings. 260500 -6 03/07/07 Page 248 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Place inserts in adjacent construction as necessary to support electrical work. Set flush with surface. Install a reinforcing rod through the opening provided in the concrete inserts. B. Place sleeves and blockouts in adjacent construction as necessary to receive electrical work. 3.2 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Install metallic conduit system for the connection of all outlet boxes, disconnects, junction boxes, panelboards, cabinets, etc., as indicated on the drawings. B. Run conduit continuous between outlets with a minimum number of bends. C. Routing: Coordinate space and installation requirements for electrical work indicated diagrammatically on the drawings. Follow routing shown for lines as dosely as practicable. Make runs parallel with the lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installation and repairs. D. All conduit subjected to rough usage while on the job before installation, shall be removed from the premises upon notice. E. All conduit shall be kept dry and free of water or debris with approved pipe plugs or caps. Care shall be given that plugs or caps be installed before pouring of concrete. F. In furred ceilings support conduit runs from structure, not furring. Keep minimum 12" above suspended ceiling_ G. All conduits, where they enter panelboards, pull boxes, or outlet boxes, shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings; one locknut outside and one locknut inside of box with bushing on conduit end. Tighten lodknuts against the box without deforming the box. All bushings shall be of the insulation type. Bushings shall have the insulating material permanently fastened to the fittings. H. All conduit stubs shall have bushed ends. I. Conduit run through STOCK areas shall be run tight to structure to allow for minimum 7'-6" headroom. J. Where PVC conduit is installed in lieu of metal at bcations other than those specifically indicated on the Drawings, increase the conduit size to accommodate the ground conductor. K. Rigid conduit installed below slab, in concrete slabs or walls, or in contact with earth shall be minimum 3/4" galvanized steel or PVC. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where below grade or slab, change to rigid steel or EMT at minimum 2" below finish floor, ell to above finish floor. L. Conduit Installed in Above Grade Composite Floor Slabs: 1. Conduit shall be 3/4" diameter. 2. Conduit installed in floor slabs shall not be run in flutes of steel deck. 3. Conduit run parallel to flutes shall be run a minimum of 3 flutes from girder lines. 4. One and one -half inches concrete cover shall be maintained over conduit installed in slabs. 5. Conduit crossovers: a. Locate a minimum of 2' -0" from the nearest beam. b. Bend conduits and space crossovers as necessary to maintain top elevation of each conduit layer no more than 2" above top of metal deck. 6. Space parallel runs minimum 2" o.c. M. Penetrations Through Other Construction: 1. Penetrations Through Exterior Envelope: a. Where conduits pass through exterior concrete walls, ceilings, or footings below grade, make the entrance watertight by providing pipe sleeves in the concrete with 1/2" minimum dearance around the conduit; caulk with oakum and sealant, or by means of a conduit entrance seal; O.Z. Type FSK or equal. 260500 -7 03/07/07 Page 249 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL b. Where core drilling and sleeve or conduit installation is performed after installation of below grade waterproof membrane. seat joints to maintain integrity of watertight envelope, in accordance with the requirements of the membrane manufacturer. c. Prior to concealment, hose test all conduit penetrations through exterior building envelope, above and below grade. Verify freedom from water penetration. 2. Provide seals in conduit passing through refrigeration equipment per NEC. 3. Conduits that penetrate rated wall or floor assemblies shall be fire stopped to maintain the rating of the assembly. Firestopping is specified in Section 078400. N. Bending: Make all field bends with standard tools and equipment manufactured especially for this purpose. O. Pull Wire: Install a pull wire in all empty conduits. In dry locations, pull wire shall be No. 16 -gage galvanized iron. . P. Running Threads: 1. The use of running threads is prohibited, and where some such device is necessary, use split coupling, 02. Type SP Erickson coupling or equal. 2. Where watertight conduit installation is required, use watertight conduit unions. Q. Separation: Maintain a minimum separation of 6" between conduits and hot water lines. R. Stubs: Locate accurately. Note these by dimension on record drawings. S. Supports: 1. Provide independent support for all conduit. 2. In both horizontal and vertical conduit runs, place supports at maximum 10' intervals, within 3' of a bend, and at every outlet or junction box. 3. Do not use perforated strap hangers or iron baling wire to support conduit. 4. Limit load on a single hanger to 25 pounds maximum. 5. Multiple Runs: a. Where a number of conduits are to be run exposed and parallel with each other, group conduits and support by trapeze hangers. b. Fasten hanger rods to structural members with suitable beam damps or to overhead structural floor deck with concrete inserts. Comply with Section 014500 requirements for attachment to composite metal deck. c. Clamp each conduit to the trapeze hanger with conduit clamps. 6. Single Runs: a. Where conduits are run individually, support by approved pipe straps, secured by means of toggle bolts on hollow masonry; lead expansion shields and screws or standard preset load inserts in concrete or solid masonry; machine screws or bolts on metal surface; and wood screws or sheet metal screws on wood construction. b. Conduits installed exposed on the surface in damp locations or in refrigeration areas shall be provided with clamp backs under each conduit clamp to prevent accumulation of moisture around the conduits. T. Conduit Applications: 1. Use EMT for indoor dry locations, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 2. Use rigid steel conduit in following locations: a. Underground, except steel conduit in contact with earth or vapor barriers shall be PVC covered or have two coats of asphaltum before installation. b. Outdoors, where exposed to weather. c. In concrete. d. Under concrete slabs on grade. e. In exterior masonry wails. f. In wet locations. g. For all interior exposed runs below ten feet above floor. 3. Use PVC coated steel conduit in corrosive areas as noted. 4. Exposed EMT may be used directly above panetboards and other equipment with installed height of 6 feet or more above floor. 260500 -8 03/07/07 Page 250 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 5. Rigid PVC conduit may be used underground and in or under concrete slabs on- grade. PVC conduit is not allowed in the concrete pour of the metal deck. Provide a ground conductor of proper ampacity in each PVC conduit. (Coordinate with plumbing drawings for location of below - grade piping. 6. Liquid -tight flexible conduit, not exceeding 24 inches in length, shall be used for motor and equipment locations in damp or wet locations. 7. With the exception of conduit which penetrates roofing within 24 inches of the equipment to which it is connected, all conduit at roof level shall be run below the deck. 8. Flexible Conduit: a. Unless indicated otherwise, flexible conduit shall only be used for connection of motor terminal boxes to conduit stubs, connection of control equipment requiring piping (such as solenoid valves, pressure controls, aquastats, pneumatic-electric relays, etc.), connection of vibration dampened transformers, and connection of lighting fixtures and moveable equipment to adjacent junction boxes, and sprinkler tamper & flow switches. b. Where motors are mounted on sliding bases, the flexible connection shall be of sufficient (minimum 12 ") length to allow full travel of motor or base. Flexible conduit runs shall not be longer than 6' -0". U. Mechanical Equipment: Where conduit penetrates the electrical compartments of mechanical equipment, seal around conductors in conduit. 3.3 CONDUCTORS A. Pulling -In: 1. Thoroughly blow -out or vacuum out and clean each conduit run and floor box before pulling - in conductors. Install no wires or cables until incomplete construction which might damage insulation has been completed. 2. Conduit runs and floor boxes shall be free of water and debris. 3. Use no mechanical means of pulling unless approved otherwise. 4. Lead end lengths in cabinets or pull and outlet boxes shall be of sufficient length to maintain proper spacing of connections or splicing. 5. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, pull box or cabinet. Splices will not be permitted in any panel or disconnect. 6. After conductors have been installed, provide protection to ensure that conduit and boxes remain free of water and debris. B. Splices: 1. Splices shall join conductors with an electrically and mechanically secure connection. 2. Splices and taps for smaller than #6 AWG wire shall be made with insulated conical spring -type connectors. 3. Splices and taps for #6 AWG wire and larger shall be made with compression connectors with prestretched insulation to equal insulation of wire being used. 4. Splices will not be permitted in any panel or disconnect. C. Insulating Tape: Apply tightly with a minimum of three half - lapped layers. D. Conductors in Panels: Neatly group and form conductors in panels, switchgear, and terminal cabinets in a manner to fan into terminals with regular spacing by using tie wraps. E. Label conductors as specified in Section 260013. 3.4 PRE - MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM A. Manufactured flexible wiring systems shall be installed in compliance with NEC 604. System is furnished by the General Contractor for installation by the Electrical Sub - contractor. B. Manufactured flexible wiring systems shall be supported independently from the structure, not the ceiling support system or light fixture drop wires, and in compliance with NEC 350-4. Do not interfere with acoustical ceiling tile removal. 260500 -9 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 3.5 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING A. Drawings: Drawings accompanying specifications indicate general direction and routes of branch circuit home runs. Continue all home runs to panel as though routes were completely indicated. Install branch circuit wiring In home runs exactly as shown on Drawings. All conduit shall be run concealed wherever possible. Verify location of all exposed conduit with Architect before installation. Homeruns shall not be combined. B. Branch Circuit Wiring: Install branch Circuit wiring with identical (white) neutrals and color -coded phase wires; splice with pressure type connections. Tape joints with covering or rubber tape equal in thickness to conductor insulation followed by outer covering friction tape of vinyl tape equal to Scotch #33. C. Outlet Boxes: 1. Set outlet boxes flush with finish surface and straight and true; plates and covers true and plumb, touching the surrounding surface on all sides. 2. Junction or outlet boxes above ceiling shall be accessible when ceiling Is removed. 3. All outlet boxes in walls to be two gang with single gang mud ring to match thickness of GWB. 4. Securely fasten outlet boxes independent of structure, accurately aligned with flush surfaces of walls and ceilings, with conduits entering boxes at right angles. Secure to metal studs with 4 sheet metal screws. 5. Outlet boxes in mirrored columns shall be installed so that faceplate will not bear pressure against the mirror. Provide backing that spans the width of the column. D. Wire Sizing: Use no wire smaller than #12 AWG for lighting or power wiring, except where specifically indicated on the Drawings. E. Wire Size: Length of run to panel Home run wire size Circuit wire size 0' to 100' #12 AWG #12 AWG 100' to 150' #10 AWG #12 AWG 150' to 200' #8 AWG #12 AWG 3.6 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Install pull and junction boxes as shown, or as necessary to facilitate pulling of wire and to limit the number of bends to meet code requirements. Boxes located in public spaces shall be subject to review by the Architect. Provide coverplates for all sensormatic junction boxes. B. Boxes shall be independently supported from structure and be permanently accessible. Install to face of finished surface when recessed. C. Boxes of less than 100 cu. In. capacity shall comply with requirements for outlet boxes; larger boxes shall comply with requirements for cabinets, except covers may be the same metal thickness as the box, secured by not less than four machine screws. D. Furnish cast metal boxes with gasketed covers in damp or exposed locations and as otherwise shown. E. Secure conduits to boxes with single Iocknut and a bushing inside the J box, or by a minimum of five threads in conduit hubs. F. The drawings do not necessarily show every pull or junction box required. The Contractor is permitted to add, at his expense, all boxes he deems desirable, subject to approval of location by the Architect. G. Paint all boxes for emergency lighting red in color. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF DEVICES A. Furnish and install all wiring devices as indicated on the drawings, described herein, or as necessary for a complete job. 260500 -10 03/07/07 Page 252 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL B. Outlets: Flush mount outlets, straight and plumb, heights as follows unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Dimensions are to centerline of device: 1. Switches, volume controls, and wall phone outlets: 48 inches above floor. Verify height of wainscot before installing switches. 2. Receptacles, Datalloice Outlets, and misc. device junction boxes: 18 inches above floor, unless over equipment or counters, or as otherwise indicated. Where shown on mirrored columns, install outlet box to the face of the mirror so the yoke of device does not press against the mirror. 3. Refer to Electrical Drawings for note regarding mounting receptacles in wood or carpet base. 4. Install receptacles with ground slot facing up. C. Conduit Couplings: Install conduit couplings flush with floor wherever conduit turns up for connection to equipment. When not activated, seal the coupling by a deck plug, T & B Company, or equal. 3.8 GROUNDING A. General: 1. The Tenant grounding electrode system is provided by the Landlord. Ground all metallic conduits, supports, cabinets and equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC), current edition. 2. Ground all metallic conduits, supports, cabinets and equipment in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC), current edition. 3. Bond electrical systems and other metallic systems (le: gas piping, water piping, building steel, sprinkler piping, etc.) per NEC 250- DBE (1999). 4. Provide an equipment grounding conductor in every raceway sized in accordance with NEC 250 -122 (1999). Provide copper conductors in all branch circuit and feeder raceways. Run grounding conductor inside same raceway as circuit conductors. 5. Provide grounding electrode conductor for all separately derived systems per NEC 250 -26. Run conductor to the nearest available effectively grounded metal member — water piping is not acceptable. 6. Grounding electrode conductors shall be stranded copper, sized in accordance with NEC table 250-66 (1999) and shall be protected against physical damage. 7. Provide communication systems service grounding to building steel in accordance with NEC 800 -40 (1999). B. Flexible or Non - Metallic Conduit: 1. Flexible conduit is not allowed as a wiring system, and shall not be used for continuity in grounding system. Where flexible connections are used, install a separate ground wire and bond to conduit system on both sides of flexible conduit. 2. Install a separate ground wire in all non - metallic conduit, and when required, upsize non - metallic conduit to accommodate ground wire. 3. Ground motor bases and frames by pulling separate conductor in with the motor feeder. 3.9 TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION (Owner Fumished and Included in Panelgroup) A. The step -down transformer (as noted on the plans) shall be furnished, pre - installed within the panelgroup. B. Vibration Isolation: 1. Rubber -in -sheer vibration dampeners or integral vibration dampeners for all transformers. 3.10 LOW VOLTAGE CABLE INSTALLATION A. Open Cable Support installation: 1. This contractor shall furnish and install all supports for cables specified in this section. 2. Cable supports shall be spaced no further than 7'-6 3. Provide all additional cable management products, sleeves or conduit raceways as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cables in a neat workmanlike manner. 4. Floor penetrations shall be at columns, exterior walls or equipment rooms. 5. Cable supports shall be installed as tight to underside of deck as possible using a rigid support method (i.e.: threaded rod, beam damps, etc) do not use ceiling wire. 260500 -11 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL B. Cable Installation: 1. Cables shall be bundled using plenum rated ties thirty 7'-6' on center (at mid - span). 2. Maintain the following distances between cables and other building systems: a. One (1) foot from fluorescent lights. b. Four (4) foot from motors and transformers c. Three (3) foot from hot water piping or other mechanical equipment. d. One (1) foot from electrical conduits or other electrical equipment. 3. Remove the minimum amount of cable insulation required to complete that cable termination. 4. Cable below 10' -0" AFF shall be in conduit or run-in stud cavity. 5. Low voltage cables shall be run exposed as "open cable" in ceiling spaces and ceding plenums. 6. Low voltage cables shall be run parallel or at right angles to building structural framework. Do not run cables diagonally across ceiling space. 7. Run low voltage cables in continuous runs from termination locations at equipment or outlet locations; splices are not permitted. Label cables at each termination. See drawings for label designations. 8. Fire seal around all cables running through rated floors and walls in accordance with requirements of Section 078400. 9. Install cables per manufacturer's recommendations including but not limited to maximum tensile loading and maximum bend radius. 10. All vertical cable runs shall be routed straight down parallel to building structure. 3.11 DATANOICE CONDUIT SYSTEM A. Install a conduit system as indicated on the Drawings and as required by the jurisdiction and Landlord. B. Mark all conduit stubouts with "T" or "D ". C. Leave pull cord in all conduit runs or stubs. D. All conduit stubouts shall have a bushing on the conduit stub. Cut stubs off within 2 inches of wall surface. 3.12 SECURITY VIDEO SYSTEM CONDUIT SYSTEM (FTV & PTZ) A. Install a conduit system as indicated on the Drawings and as required by the jurisdiction and Landlord. Provide cover plates for all boxes that match surrounding surfaces. B. Mark all junction boxes and conduit stubouts with FTV or PTZ. C. Leave pull cord in all conduit runs or stubs. Label each pull cord noting camera location. D. Prior to rough -in, fully coordinate the exact location for each sleeve with the Nordstrom Loss Prevention representative. E. All conduit stubouts shall have a bushing on the conduit stub. Cut stubs off within 2 inches of wall surface 3.13 BURGLAR ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM, SOUND SYSTEM, AND FIRE ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM CONDUIT SYSTEM A. Install conduit system as indicated on the Drawings and as required by the jurisdiction and Landlord. Provide cover plates for all boxes to match surrounding surfaces. B. Mark all alarm junction boxes and conduit stub outs with security alarm or fire alarm. C. Leave pull cord in all conduit runs or stubs. Label each pull cord, noting location. D. All conduit stubouts shall have a bushing on the conduit stub. Cut stubs off within 2 inches of wall surface. 3.14 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS A. Provide wiring, conduit, switches and boxes as required to make final connection to all miscellaneous equipment and machinery fumished and set in place by others or under other Divisions of these specifications, induding, but not limited to the following: 1. Illuminated signage 260500 -12 03/07/07 Page 254 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260500 — COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2. Fire annunciation system. 3. Tailor /Alteration shop equipment 4. HVAC equipment. 5. Compactor and baler 6. Overhead coiling doors 7. Telephone uninterruptible power supply system. B. Provide all conduit and low voltage wiring required to activate HVAC controls, and energy management and control systems components installed by other Sections. Refer to Section 230900 and 255500 for controls and EMCS requirements. C. Install low voltage wiring in conduit in ceiling plenums as shown on the drawings, when not shown, install Teflon - coated wire as required by code. D. Refer to drawings for equipment and device locations. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Thermographic Testing: 1. See section 260500 C for Thermographic Testing. 2. Approximately two weeks prior to store opening, perform thermograph survey of every termination made in branch circuit panels, dry type transformers, and main distribution panels. The cost of inspection and re- inspection, if required, shall be a part of the electrical subcontract. 3. At the time of the survey, make available electricians to assist in the survey by removing and replacing panel covers, and correcting anomalies discovered during the survey. 4. Corrections and reinspections shall be made at the time of survey wherever feasible. Anomalies not corrected at the time of the original survey shall be corrected before store opening. 5. Replace all equipment found to be defective during the survey. 6. Reinspection is required for each item not corrected at the time of the original inspection with verification that the anomaly was corrected. 7. Thermographic Inspection Report: a. List the tape dock time, equipment or panel, anomaly location, ambient temperature, measured temperature, temperature rise, breaker rating, measured load in amps, percent bad, and probable cause. b. List all anomalies with photo of each anomaly and note correction taken or required. c. Submit final report after correction of all anomalies. 8. Affix a label to each tested item affirming successful completion of test. Label shall indicate date of survey and name and phone number of testing agency. END OF SECTION 260500 -13 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260583 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal clad (MC) cable with copper conductors. 2. MC connectors. B. Related Sections: 1. 260013 — Electrical General Provisions. 2. 260500 — Common Work Results for Electrical: Conduit, boxes, and identification. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016000. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. Standard for Armor Cables. 2. UL-83 — Standard for Thermoplastic Insulated Cables. 3. UL -1569 — Standard for Type MC Cables. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 013300 and 260013. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for cable and connectors, including construction details and UL NO number. C. Shop Drawings: Submit two sets of floorplans to define extent of cable trays, and location of all gutters and wireways. D. Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use, if any. E. Test Reports: Submit UL test report for MC cable. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Metal clad cable shall be constructed in strict accordance with UL 1569. The cable shall bear the UL label and manufacturer's "E" number. B. Code Compliance: Comply with the following sections of the NEC (NFPA 70 /ANSI): 1. Article 334, Metal Clad Cable. 2. Article 225 -10, Wiring on Buildings. 3. Article 250- 91(b), Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. 4. Article 300- 22(b), Ducts or Plenums Used for Environmental Air. 5. Article 318- 2(ax1), Wiring Methods. C. Manufacturer. Experienced in the manufacturer of products specified in this Section with minimum 5 years experience. D. Mock -up: 1. In accordance with Section 014500. . 2. Provide mock -up of MC cable installation prior to start of installation for review and approval by the Owner's Representative. 3. Mock -up to demonstrate installation methods for mounting, racking, and termination's of each size of MC cable which will be used on this Project. 4. Approved mock -up shall represent standard of installation for the use of MC cable on this Project. 5. Prior to construction of mock -up, present electrical floor plan indicating locations of all cable trays and gutters. Page 255 Section 260583 Metal Clad Flexible Cable - Copper 0.....:.1 -.J 4.. o..:u..... c...$.___- -[ IA /" 1 -- r-- .. - - -_ w_- J°`° - -- w 260583 -1 03/07/07 Page 256 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CLAD CABLE A. Furnish one of the following, or approved equal: 1. Interflex (Division of Coleman cable "Coma Clad ". 2. Okonite "OKO Cald "/. 3. Rockbestes "Guardex". 4. AFC Cable Systems Inc. 5. "Armorlite" by Alflex B. Metal Clad Cable: 1. Conductors: Copper, solid or stranded. 2. Insulation: Thermoplastic (THHN) or equivalent; voltage rating 600V; temperature rating 90 3. Armor. Aluminum; corrugated or smooth tube; continuous sheath. (interlocked style not acceptable) 4. Jacket: None unless otherwise indicated. 5. This specification recognizes only MC cable; BX, AC, and /or other types of cable are not acceptable. 6. Cable used to serve isolated ground receptacles or item served from isolated ground panels shall contain both an isolated ground wire and an equipment ground wire. Each isolated ground circuit shall have its own individual isolated ground wire. 7. Cable shall be fire rated, 1 hour minimum or higher as required by specific installation area, UL listed, rated for use in cable tray, and for use in environmental air plenums. 8. Cable serving isolated ground circuits shall contain an individual neutral for each circuit. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Manufacturer: One of the following, or approved equal: 1. Appleton. 2. Crouse- Hinds. 3. Electroline. 4. Regal. 5. Thomas & Betts. B. Fumish only UL listed MC connectors manufactured for smooth or corrugated sheath; "Romex" and "BX" connectors are not acceptable. 2.3 MC CABLE SUPPORTS A. Manufacturer: Caddy, or approved equal. All supports shall be U.L. listed for the application, and shall comply with the NEC. Tie -wraps and staples are not acceptable. 1. Snap -in supports to framing stud, Caddy #MAC2. 2. Strap to framing stud, Caddy #FXC20 3. Drop wire supports, Caddy #PCS1. 4. Cable snap clip for attachment to structure, Caddy #SC. 5. Cable support for attachment to framing stud, Caddy #CJ6. 6. Support and anti - rattle dip for MC through studs, Caddy #781. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260583 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER 6. In location as directed, construct mock - up installation in two 30' x 30' bays. Installation shall include typical examples of running MC cable at structure, support, MC cable in metal stud walls, termination in J boxes, grouping of MC cable runs, termination in gutter or wireway and labeling of cable and conductors 260583 -2 03/07/07 Page 257 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260583 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Take special care to prevent damage to fireproofing during cable installation work. 3.2 WIRING METHODS A. Use metal dad cable for branch circuits in concealed dry interior locations, on underside of floor structure, and above accessible ceilings; use metal dad cable in exposed dry interior locations where not subject to physical damage; MC cable shall not be exposed in ceiling space of STOCK rooms, except where supported in cable trays or where run tight to structure recessed within flute of pan decking. B. Use wiring methods as specified. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install MC cable in partitions and above ceilings as indicated. B. Install cable in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in strict accordance with NFPA 70, Article 334. C. Use solid conductor for branch circuits 12 AWG and smaller. D. Use stranded conductors for control circuits. E. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. F. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. G. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere 120 V branch circuits longer than 75 feet. H. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere 277V branch circuits longer than 150 feet. I. Protect exposed cable from damage. Replace cable which proves to have faulty wiring. This replacement shall be to remove faulty cable and replace on exact path with new cable. Abandoning existing and only pulling new is not be acceptable. Repair, repull, and restrap all MC cable determined by the Owner to be poor installation. J. Bend cable per NEC, Article 334. K. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor. L. Grounding: All cable shall contain a green wire ground. The jacket shall not serve as the only grounding means. M. Connectors shall be firmly secured to the cable, but not overtightened; connectors shall be firmly attached to the metal boxes. N. MC cable shall be used for branch circuit wiring only, 2,3,4 conductor, #8,10 Or 12 AWG only. O. When using homerun cable for circuiting on sales floor, junction box to convert to branch cable runs shall be labeled 'homerun box", shall show all circuit numbers contained, shall be mounted at structure, and shall be mounted in the sales floor area above an accessible ceiling area. P. Cutting of cable shall be performed using equipment exclusivety designed for such use; Thomas & Betts or equal. Knives, hacksaws, bending to break, dikes, pliers, wire cutters or other similar methods shall not be used. Q. Cable shall be labeled as it enters the panel, at junction boxes where homerun cables becomes branch cable, and at branch terminations using permanent cable markers by Tyton or Burndy. R. Suspension: 1. Cable shall have independent suspension and shall not be tied to ceiling grid suspension system, plumbing piping, or sprinkler piping. Comply with Section 014500 requirements for attachment into steel deck. 2. Cable shall be grouped separately from telephone, sound, EMCS, or POS cable systems. 260583 -3 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260583 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER 3. Support cable every 6 feet, maximum. 4. Cable shall be strapped every 6' -0', at each tum, and within 12 inches of all junction boxes using cable straps, not ties. Strapping to ceiling tie wires or running closer than 18 inches to the ceiling is unacceptable. 5. Cable shall be laid fiat (no bundling) and routed parallel with building lines. 6. Cable may be installed using single center point suspended cable tray as manufactured by Mono-point or B-line at the Contractor's option. Contractor shall inform Owner, in writing, if cable tray is to be used and shop drawings showing routing shall be submitted for approval before work begins. MC cable in cable tray shall be strapped individually at locations as required by code and upon entering and leaving cable tray. S. Routing: 1. Bending radius shall be approximately 12 times the external diameter of the metal sheath. 2. Routing of the cable shall follow the orthogonal grid of the building structural elements of the building, such as beams and puffins. 3. Cable in ceilings shall run as tight to structure as possible, and in no case (with the exception of drops) less than 12 inches above accessible ceilings. 4. MC cable shall not be used in final homerun connection to the branch circuit panel or to panel groups. 5. MC cable home runs shall be terminated in a gutter or gutters in an accessible location at the perimeter of the STOCK room where the panel or panel groups are located. From each gutter, run MC cable in a cable tray at structure to the panel group. EMT shall be installed between the cable tray and panel or panel group. Method of termination at the panel group shall be as required to meet approval by the Architect. 6. MC cable shall convert to wire and conduit before entering elevator shaft or machine rooms, or before becoming exposed to public view areas. 7. A maximum of 9 circuits per homerun shall be allowed. 8. Isolated ground circuits and normal ground circuits shall be run separate cables. 9. Cable shall be installed using bushings or bushed fittings. END OF SECTION 260583 -4 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 265000 - LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ught fixtures and lamps. 2. Components required for installation of light fixtures. 3. Light fixture installation, connection, and tamping. 4. Procurement of the Tight fixtures and pre- manufactured wiring system. 5. Installation of the light fixtures and pre - manufactured wiring system furnished by the General Contractor. B. Related Sections: 1. 012200 — Unit Prices: Unit prices for revised quantities of selected light fixtures. 2. 015000 — Temporary Facilities and Controls: 3. 095113 — Acoustical Panel Ceilings: Coordination. 4. 099000 — Painting and Coating: Lighting requirements for mock -up review; painting of trim rings for recessed incandescent fixtures. 5. 260500 — Common Work Results for Electrical: Pre- manufactured wiring system. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this section. D. Substitutions: No substitutions of products will be considered. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide a complete operational lighting system that includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Installation of the G.C. furnished Tight fixtures and pre- manufactured wiring system. 2. Light fixture support wires attached to the structure. 3. All required mounting hardware, trapeze supports, and connection components. 4. Installation of the pre- manufactured wiring system for branch circuiting of the lighting system. 5. Seismic supports, as required by the jurisdiction. B. Refer to the Light Fixture Schedule on the Electrical drawings for the required Tight fixtures, lamps, and specific installation requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 013300 and 017700, as applicable. B. Product Data: 1. Submit in booidet form with data arranged under basic categories of Ught Fixtures, Ballasts, Lamps, etc. Include a typewritten Index with dividers and identifying tabs between sections. Provide a separate product data sheet for each light fixture ballast and lamp specified. On each • data sheet include a complete product part number. C. Lighting System Pre - manufactured Wiring System Installation Drawings: 1. Provide a 1/8" scale lighting plan for the lighting manufactured wiring system. Shop drawing shall be CAD generated by the wiring system manufacturer. Shop drawing shall indicate (but not limited to) the following information: a. Light factures. Indicate the emergency fixtures. b. All wiring cables indicating the conductor quantities in each run. c. All distribution boxes, connectors, and components. d. A drawing legend. e. A bill of materials Page 259 Section 265000 Lighting 265000 -1 03/07/07 Page 260 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 265000 - UGHTING D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Include manufacturers' manuals showing parts identification numbers and service requirements for all light factures, lamps, and ballasts. 2. List name, address, and phone number of local supplier for fixtures, ballasts, and lamps. 3. Include description of brand and wattage of each type of lamp specified. 4. Provide warranty agreement for each type of ballast specified. Provide manufacturer's contact name, phone number, address, and instructions for submitting warranty daims for faulty ballasts. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes: Comply with the requirements of the 1994 Uniform Building Code and the1999 National Electrical Code as amended or supplemented by the local authority having jurisdiction. B. Verify ceiling construction prior to ordering fixtures to suit ceiling conditions. C. Verify fluorescent fixture voltage for ordering fixtures with proper ballast voltage. D. Verify all custom color or custom finish fixtures with Owner. E. Fully coordinate the light fixture installation with the mechanical ductwork, Fire Protection piping, Plumbing, stock shelving, upper level stock structure, and the hang rod system in the stock area. Adjust the light fixture installation and supports accordingly to avoid interference with these building systems. F. The light fixture main -sub and tandem connections shall be U.L. listed. The completed installation shall be in compliance with the NEC and all local codes and amendments. 1.5 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: 1. The Electrical Sub - contractor shall provide the following quantity of spare ballasts: a. Twenty (20) spare for 4 -lamp, F032 fixtures. b. Eight (8) spare for 3 -lamp, F032 fixtures. c. Twenty (20) spare for 2 -lamp, F032 fixtures. d. Four (4) spare for 1 -lamp, F032 fixtures. e. Ten (10) emergency battery ballasts. 2. At Store turnover deliver the spare ballasts to the Store Maintenance Manager. These spare components shall be placed in a separate container and marked accordingly. 3. The spare ballast manufacturer and part number shall match the ballasts provided with the Tight fixtures. 1.6 LIGHT FDCTURE AND MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM PROCUREMENT A. All Light fixtures, Lamps, and the sales floor /dressing room pre - manufactured wiring system shall be procured by the General Contractor through a Nordstrom National Accounts Representative as follows: 1. Lightolier: a. Rob Eiring, Lightolier, Contact phone number — (206)527 -9707. 2. Lithonia: a. Carl Daum, Stusser Electric Co., Contact phone number— (206) 623 -1501 or 1- 800 -426 -7750. B. THE LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND PRE - MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM SHALL BE ORDERED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITHIN TWO WEEKS FOLLOWING THE NOTICE TO PROCEED. 265000 -2 03/07/07 Page 261 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 265000 - LIGHTING PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES - GENERAL A. Light Fixtures: 1. Refer to the Light Fixture Schedule on drawing sheet E-002 for fixture description, manufacturer, part numbers, and specific installation notes. 2. All fixtures shall be fumished by the General Contractor for installation by the Electrical Sub- contractor. 3. All fixture lamps shall be fumished by the General Contractor for installation by the Electrical Sub - contractor. B. Fabrication: Materials shall be adequately rigid and of sufficient mechanical strength to prevent distortion before, during and after installation. 2.2 LAMPS A. General: As indicated on the Light Fixture Schedule on drawing sheet E -002; all lamps shall be fumished by the General Contractor. B. Fluorescent lamps: 1. Type: Sylvania Octron or GE T -8 (265mA), 3500 degrees Kelvin, of the lengths and wattages indicated in the light fixture schedule. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS A. Mounting and Connection Components: Provide all components and accessories required for installation of the light fixtures and light tracks. B. Earthquake Wire: Annealed steel wire, #12 gage minimum. C. Fluorescent Lens: 0.125 inch thick 100% virgin acrylic. D. Pre - manufactured wiring system: The General Contractor shall furnish the wiring system indicated on the lighting plans, for installation by the Electrical Sub - contractor. The Electrical Sub - contractor shall provide all additional branch circuiting necessary for a complete and operational lighting system. Refer to section 260500 for pre - manufactured wiring system product description. 2.4 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING BALLASTS A. Non - Emergency: 1. Manufacturer. Motorola or Triad MagneTek. 2. Type: 10% THD. 3. Fluorescent lamp ballasts shall be high frequency electronic type, operating lamps at a frequency of 20kHz or higher with no detectable flicker and shall comply with State and Federal efficiency standards. 4. Ballasts shall comply with FCC and NEMA limits goveming radio frequency interference and applicable ANSI and IEEE standards regarding harmonic distortion and surge protection. 5. Ballasts shall be high power factor, 90% or above, with a sound rating of A, and shall bear UL and ETL labels. 6. Ballasts shall be designed for parallel lamp connections and shall be matched to T-8 (265ma) 1, 2, 3, or 4 Tamp configurations. 7. Ballasts shall be provided with capability to properly start at temperatures where flxture is installed. B. Emergency: Provide Bodine B50 or Lithonia PS1400 emergency battery ballast required for two lamp operation to produce 1100 lumens minimum. 265000 -3 03/07/07 Page 262 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 265000 - LIGHTING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures to permit removal from below and to gain access to outlet or prewired fixture box. B. Connect recessed fixture to boxes with flexible conduit and fixture wire as specified in Section 260500. Write circuit numbers on side of recessed fluorescent fixtures. C. Mount recessed fluorescent ceiling fixtures in suspended ceiling with exposed T -bar grid system, support from ceiling T-bar grid structure and secure thereto. D. Install fixture housings rigidly and adjust for neat flush fit with the ceiling or other finished mounting surfaces. E. Coordinate preparation and installation of fixtures installed in suspended acoustical tile ceilings with Section 095113. F. Install louvers, lenses, and reflectors using clean white gloves. Diffusers left with fingerprints, paint overspray, or generally soiled shall be replaced with new. G. Install lamps at time of fixture installation; except as otherwise noted. H. Install lenses, reflectors, side panels, louvers, and other components necessary to complete fixture installation, leaving fixtures in proper operating condition. I. Light fixtures with louvers shall be installed with protective clear polyethylene sheeting to prevent dust from collecting within fixtures. Protective sheeting shall not be removed until final cleanup after the painting of the ceiling. Cut sheeting 6 inches larger on all sides to assure total protection. J. Coordinate installation and painting of trim rings of recessed incandescent fixtures mounted in gypsum board and other similar hard surface ceilings with Section 099000. Furnish the trim rings to Section 099000 for field painting prior to installation. K. Provide seismic bracing as follows: 1. Mount fixtures straight and secure using earthquake wire and seismic clips to comply with applicable code requirements. 2. Install minimum of 2 earthquake wires for each recessed fluorescent fixture; connect wires to the structure. Confirm with the local jurisdiction, additional supporting that may be require. Provide lateral support for chain hung fluorescent strip light fixtures. At a minimum, provide three points of lateral support for each row - attach at each end, and at the middle of each row. Confirm with the local jurisdiction, additional lateral supporting that may be required. L. Light Fixture Supports: 1. Provide independent support from the building structure for all light fixtures. Do not support from mechanical ductwork, piping, conduit, ACT ceiling grid, or framing. It is not acceptable to utilize the support systems of any of the above listed building systems for light fixture supports. 2. Fully coordinate the light fixture installation with the piping and mechanical ductwork. Adjust the lighting supports accordingly to avoid interference with these components. 3. Fully coordinate the strip fluorescent fixture installation with the Fire Protection sprinkler head locations. Adjust the fixture locations to avoid interference with the spray pattern of the sprinlders. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND THE PRE - MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM FURNISHED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR A. The Electrical Sub - contractor shall install all light fixtures, lamps, and pre - manufactured wiring furnished by the General Sub - contractor. This shall include the installation of all associated hardware, components, etc. B. The Electrical Sub - contractor shall fully coordinate and adjust the installation schedule as required to accommodate the date of delivery of the light fixtures, lamps, pre - manufactured wiring system, and the associated installation hardware and components. C. The Electrical Sub - contractor shall provide the conduit/wiring connection between the "Main" and "Sub" fixtures as noted in the Light Fixture Schedule on Sheet E0.02 265000-4 03/07/07 Page 263 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 265000 - UGHTING D. The Electrical Sub - contractor shall immediately identify and report any shortage of furnished materials to the General Contractor. 3.3 RELAMPING AND REBALLASTING A. Replace defective ballasts with new throughout the construction until Store tumover. Identify and report quantities and ballast type to the General Contractor for procurement - Electrical Sub - contractor shall install replacements. Contractor shall maintain the extra quantities of spare ballasts for Owners maintenance purposes; refer to Article 1.8. B. Replace defective or bumt out lamps throughout the construction until Store tumover. Identify and report quantities to the General Contractor for procurement - Electrical Sub - contractor shall install replacements. 3.4 CLEANUP A. Immediately prior to the time of Store tumover, clean fixtures and lamps, free from dust, plaster, paint spots and overspray, and other contaminants. Replace chipped or broken parts. B. Remove protective coverings from Tight fixtures, lenses, louvers, and reflectors. C. Remove protective polyethylene sheeting used to protect fixtures from dust and paint overspray. END OF SECTION 265000 -5 03/07/07 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS A. Section Includes: Installation, termination, labeling and testing of cables, device outlets and distribution panels for the following: 1. Category 5e structured cabling system. 2. Timekeeping system 3. Wireless LAN System. 4. Sound, Paging Telephone interface cabling. 5. Video Surveillance. B. Related Sections: 1. 01270 — UNIT PRICES: Unit price for special store opening services. 2. 01770 — CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. 3. 07840 — FIRESTOPPING: Fire barrier sealant systems. 4. 260013 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS. 5. 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL.doc: Installation of sleeves for cable penetrations through floors, shafts and walls; providing conduit floor boxes and outlet box systems with pull wire; flow voltage cable installation. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 DATA COMMUNICATIONS CONTRACT WORK A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for the installation as indicated, in accordance with general provisions of specifications and the Contract Drawings. 2. Report percentage of work completed on a monthly basis. 3. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 4. Provide all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation, whether or not specifically indicated in the Contract Documents. 5. Provide all floor penetrations, floor sleeves, conduit raceways, wall penetrations, etc. not shown on the electrical plans but needed for the routing of cabling provided herein. 6. Provide labor for work area patch cord installation at designated workstations. 7. Provide labor for equipment patch cord installation at patch panel to Ethernet switch port. List to be provided by ISG Project Manager. 8. Provide labor for voice patch cord installation at horizontal patch panel to owner provided PBX Port patch panel. Llst to be provided by ISG Project Manager. 9. Provide labor for permanent link testing. 10. Provide firestopping. 11. Provide labor for Wireless LAN Access Point, Antennas and Power Injector installation. B. Provide complete installation for Category 5e communications infrastructure (LAN), Timekeeping System, and Voice Communications System including but not limited to: 1. Category 5e UTP horizontal cables. 2. Work area telecommunication outlets. 3. Wall mounted voice outlets. 4. Equipment mounting racks. 5. Category 5e modular patch panels. 6. Data Category 5e patch cords. Page 264 Section 270000 Communications 270000 -1 03/07/07 Page 265 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS 7. Wire management panels. 8. Sound, Paging, Telephone interface cabling. 9. Timekeeping System cable and connectors. 10. Permanent link testing. 11. Patch cord installation. 12. Conduit floor sleeves, conduit and supports required for installation of all cabling. 13. Wireless LAN installation. 14. Firestopping. C. Purchasing 1. Purchase all materials from Graybar per Nordstrom/Graybar National Price Agreement. Contact Nordstrom Graybar National Account Representative or Graybar Customer Service Representative at 800/933-4849. 2. Provide complete inventory takeoff indicating price breakdown of materials and handling fees. D. Work and materials by others (NIC) indude: 1. Furnishing and installation of computer hardware and related networking software and equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330, 01770, and 16010, as appropriate. B. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered. C. Product Data: 1. Submit in booklet form with data arranged under basic categories; i.e., LAN System, Timekeeping System, and Voice Communication System. Include a typewritten index with dividers and identifying tabs between sections and references to Section of the Specifications. 2. Provide 6 identical copies of product data booklets with the item or model to be used dearly marked, showing ratings where appropriate for approval and coordination. 3. Submit the resumes and certifications of all technicians and the project manager who will support this project. 4. The certifications shall indude: a. Structured Cabling and termination equipment installation certifications for copper connectivity and cabling. b. Approved manufacturer classes satisfactorily completed. D. Communications Pathway Shop Drawing: 1. Submit Pathway Shop drawings of communications cabling pathway system, floor sleeves and raceway. 2. Drawings shall show exact routing of all a. Category 5e cables for horizontal and vertical runs throughout the building. 3. Shall identify all raceways or cable management equipment used to route and protect cables. 4. Indicate pathway loading, and identify all cables included in each pathway run by cable number. 5. Individual cable runs shall be indicated similarly. 6. Pathways for Category 5e data cables shall not exceed cable length of 295 feet (90 m). 7. All shop drawings shall be generated using a CAD program. 8. Submit shop drawings for approval and coordination. E. Test Reports: Submit 4 copies of complete reports of all testing performed to the Owner, with copies to the Architect's Electrical Engineer two weeks prior to Store Turnover. Indude final copy in each O&M Manual. F. Record Drawings: Keep a complete set of all Electrical Drawings in jobsite office for showing actual installation of cable and equipment. 1. Use this set of Drawings for no other purpose. 270000 -2 03/07/07 Page 266 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS 2. Where any material, equipment or system component is installed differently from that shown, indicate difference clearly and neatly using ink or indelible pencil. 3. At project completion, submit record set of Drawings to the Architect. G. Pathway Shop Drawings - Video Surveillance: 1. Submit Pathway Shop drawings of video surveillance cabling pathway system, floor sleeves and raceway. 2. Drawings shall show exact routing of all: a. Category 5e cables for horizontal and vertical runs throughout the building. 3. Shall identify all raceways or cable management equipment used to route and protect cables. 4. Indicate pathway loading, and identify all cables included in each pathway run by cable number. 5. Individual cable runs shall be indicated similarly. 6. Pathways for Category 5e data cables shall not exceed cable length of 200 feet. 7. All shop drawings shall be generated using a CAD program. 8. Submit shop drawings for approval and coordination. 9. This shop shall be separate from the communications shop drawing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation Standards: Cable installation shall comply with the following: 1. ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 -8 -B.1 -2001. Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. Part 1: General Requirements (Approved April 2001). 2. ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568 -B.2- 2001: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Part 2: Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling (Approved April 2001). 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568 -B.3 -2000: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Part 3: Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standards (Approved March 2000). 4. ANSI/TIA/EIA -569 -A - Commercial Building Standards for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces (1999) indudes Addendums Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4. 5. ANSI/TIA/EIA 570-A - Residential and Light Commercial Telecommunications Wiring Standard (1999). 6. ANSI/TIA/EIA -606 - The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications infrastructure of Commercial Building (February 1993). 7. ANSI/EIAITIA -607 - Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications (August 1994). 8. ANSI/TIA/EIA -758 - Customer Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard (April 1999). 270000-3 03/07/07 Item # Cable length Color Quantity Part Number System 1 3' -0" Red 5 each Ortronics #ORMC5E03-02 LAN 2 5-0" Red 10 each Ortronics #ORMC5E05-02 LAN 3 -70" Red 10 each Ortronics #ORMC5E07 -02 LAN 4 9' -0" Red 30 each Ortronics #ORMC5E09-02 LAN 5 15' -0" Red 2 each Ortronics #ORMC5E15-02 LAN 6 20' -0" Red 2 each Ortronics #ORMC5E20-02 LAN 7 15' -0" Black 4 each Ortronics #ORMC5E15-00 8 20'-0" Black 2 each Ortronics #ORMC5E20 -00 LAN 9 25'-0" Yellow 2 each Ortronics #0R836055779-25ft 110 to RJ45 Patch Voice 10 25'-0" 1 each Allentel #AT425 25ft RJ11 Voice Line Cord Voice 11 2 meter 2 each Ortronics #0R61150D62002M99C 2 meter, SC-SC, Multimode patch 12 3' -0" Purple 5 each Ortronics #ORMC5E03-07 POS 13 5' -0" Purple 10 each Ortronics #ORMC5E05-07 POS 14 7'-0 Purple 10 each Ortronics,#ORMC5E07-07 POS 15 9'-0 Purple 30 each Ortronics #ORMC5E09-07 POS 16 16-0 Purple 2 each Ortronics #ORMC5E15 -07 POS 17 20'-0 Purple 2 each Ortronics #ORMC5E20-07 POS 18 3' -0" Blue 10 each Ortronics #ORMC5E03-06 Voice Digital 19 5' -0" Blue 20 each Ortronics #ORMC5E05-06. Voice Digital 20 7' -0" Blue 20 each Ortronics #ORMC5E07 -06 Voice Digital 21 9' -0" Blue 10 each Ortronics #ORMC5E09 -06 Voice Digital 22 15'-0 Blue 2 each Ortronlcs #ORMC5E15 -06 Voice Digital 23 3'-0" Grey 5 each Ortronics #ORMC5E03 -08 Voice Analog 24 5' -0" Grey 10 each Ortronics #ORMC5E05-08 Voice Analog 25 7'-0 Grey 10 each Ortronics #ORMC5E07 -08 Voice Analog 26 9'-0 Grey 5 each Ortronics #ORMC5E09 -08 Voice Analog 27 15'-0 Grey 2 each Ortronics #ORMC5E15-08 Voice Analog 29 5' -0" Orange 8 each Ortronics #ORMC5E05 -03 Wireless LAN 30 7' -0" Orange Orange 8 each 4 each Ortronics #ORMC5E07 -03 Wireless LAN 31 9' -0" Ortronics #ORMC5E09 -03 Wireless LAN NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS B. Materials: All materials shall be U.L. labeled where labeling is normally visible. Equipment shall be regularly catalogued items of the manufacturer and shall be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with the manufacturer's standard specifications with any optional items required for proper installation unless otherwise noted. C. Codes: Comply with requirements of the Code Authorities having jurisdiction. D. Pre - Installation Conference: In accordance with Section 01312. 1. Schedule a conference a minimum of 10 calendar days prior to beginning work of this Section. 2. Agenda: Clarify questions related to work to be performed, scheduling, and coordination. Identify date for completion of riser cross connects and patch cord installation. 3. Attendance: Communications Cabling Contractor, General Contractor, Architect, Owner's representatives, and other parties affected by work of this Section. 4. General Contractor will coordinate all scheduled meetings with Nordstrom ISG Project Manager. 270000-4 03/07/07 Page 268 E. Approved Installers: Note: Each installer shall list name of project manager and field installer Name: Cochran Technologies Address: 12500 Aurora Avenue North, Seattle, WA 98133 Phone: 206 -367 -1900, 206 -368 -3281 Fax Contact: Mr. Jim Marshall Certification: Certified Installer Plus - CIP Name: Address: Phone: Contact: Certification: Name: Address: Phone: Contact Certification: Name: Address: Phone: Contact: Certification: Name: Address: Phone: Contact: Certification: Name: Address: Phone: Contact: Certification: NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS Henkels & McCoy 6631 S. 192nd Place, Suite K -106, Kent, WA 98032 425 - 251 - 1903,425- 251 -4012 Fax Mr. Beau Collins Certified Installer Plus - MultiSite (CIP -M) Service Communications, Inc. 10675 Willows Road NE, Suite 100, Redmond, WA 98052 425 - 644 -7641, 425 - 216 -0007 Fax Mr. Andrew Hassard Certified Installer Plus - MultiSite (CIP -M) Teknon Corporation 15443 NE 95th Street, Redmond, WA 98052 425 - 895 -8535, 425 -895 -0535 Fax Ms. LaMae Kaun Certified Installer Plus ( CIP) Veca Communications 5614 7th Avenue South, Seattle, WA 98108 206-436-5252, 206-436 -5255 FAX Mr. Marty Mitchell Certified Installer Plus - Gold (CIP -G) Zephyr Communications, Inc. 3207 1st Avenue South, Seattle, WA 98134 206 - 287 -9180, 206- 287 -9182 FAX Ms. Sharon Wilson Certified Installer Plus (CIP) 1.5 MAINTENANCE A. Deliver maintenance materials to the owner under provisions of Section 01770. B. Order patch cords at the beginning of project to insure timely delivery. C. Modular Patch Cords with No Boot: Provide the following quantities, lengths, and colors: Tum over to ISG Project Manager at Store Tumover. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OPEN CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM A. Cable Supports: Caddy # CAT 425 saddle supports; or Caddy'CableCat wide base J -hooks (or equal). Provide for each system to comply with Part 3. B. Provide plenum rated tie wraps. Panduit or equal. 270000 -5 03/07/07 Page 269 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS 22 LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN) INFRASTRUCTURE A. Category 5e Horizontal Cable: 1. Berk -Tek, Part No.:10032060 2. UL listed type CMP; 24- AWG, solid copper conductors with yellow jacket. B. Communication Outlets: Where indicated on drawings, data and voice jacks shall share a common outlet: 1. Category 5e Modules: Fumish 8 position —8 conductor non -keyed modules shall be wired in accordance with EIA/TIA T568B PIN configuration standard and used to terminate Category 5e UTP cables as specified herein. 2. Flush Mounted Outlets: a. 6 -Port Faceplate, color fog white: Ortronics Part No.: OR -40300545. b. RJ-45 Cat 5e module, color. fog white: Ortronics Part No.: TJ5E00. c. Blank modules as needed, color: fog white: Ortronics Part No.: OR -42100002 (kit of 10). 3. Surface Mounted Interface Boxes (Wireless LAN): a. Two - module, color: fog white: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 40400054. b. For use in non -sales floor locations. 4. Cashwrap Outlets: a. 6 -Port Faceplate, color: fog white: Ortronics Part No.: OR-40300545. b. RJ-45 Cat 5e module, color. fog white: Ortronics Part No.: TJ5E00. c. Blank modules as needed, color fog white: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 42100002 (kit of 10). 5. Surface Mounted Box used with flush mounted faceplates, color. fog white, Ortronics Part No.: OR- 40300185. 6. Wall Phone Outlets: Avaya Part No: 63088 -8, Graybar Part No 104206701 stainless steel faceplate kit with category 5e module. 7. Identification: Provide identification icon tabs for each RJ-45 module at the communications outlet and patch panel as follows: a. Red: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 40322200 for all LAN data locations. b. Purple: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 40327200 for all POS data locations. c. Blue: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 40326100 for all digital voice cross- connects at the patch panels in the MC and digital voice locations at the communications outlet. d. Gray: Ortronics Part No.: OR -40328100 for all analog voice locations at the communications outlet and analog voice cross- connects at the patch panels in the MC. 8. Outlet Color Schedule: a. Fog white faceplate with fog white devices, unless noted otherwise. b. Gray faceplate with gray devices in all stock, storage, maintenance and equipment rooms. c. Provide stainless steel faceplate kit with Category 5e jack at temporary cash register locations at the storefront Cashwraps: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 854045212. 9. Temporary Cashwrap Floor box Outlets: a. 4-port TracJack 106 -Type Receptacle: color fog white: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 40800019. b. RJ -45 Cat 5e module, color fog white: Ortronics Part No.: #TJ5E00. c. Blank modules as needed, color. fog white: Ortronics Part No.: OR -42100002 (kit of 10). d. Mount in floor box duplex plate. C. Equipment Mounting Racks: Equipped as detailed on the Drawings and as follows: 1. MC Rados: a. Racks for Patch Panels and Multi-Port Switches: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 60400169. 1) Assembled at 19 inches wide x 7'-2" tall 2) Number of vertical rack sections as required allowing space for termination of all horizontal cabling indicated on the Drawings, plus mounting space for multi -port switches required to connect all data ports. 3) Provide racks as indicated on Drawings. b. Racks for Servers, Monitors, and Keyboards: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 60400169. 1) Assembled at 23 inches wide x T -2" tall. 2) Number of vertical rack sections as required for Owner- fumished file servers, front end processors, etc. 270000 -6 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS 3) Provide one for MC. c. Rack for PBX: 1) Provide rack as indicated on Drawings for Owner - fumished PBX equipment. Rack shall have 16.25" channel depth and shall be assembled at 19 inches wide x T -2" tall. The rack shall provide 45 rack units for mounting equipment. a) Ortronics Part No.: OR- MM6716. 2) Equip rack with 19" equipment support bracket to support the weight of heavy equipment. Support bracket shall be mounted to on the rear rail. a) Ortronics Part No.: OR- 60400383 (Provide quantity 3). d. Concrete Floor Mounting Kit CPI Part No.: 40604 -001 to secure rack to concrete floor. 1) Provide one for each rack in the MC. e. Provide vertical cable management channels as shown on the drawings for racks installed in the MC, Ortronics Part No.: OR- 60400435. Provide one for the POS/LAN server 23" rack. f. Shelves: Locations of shelf within rack shall be as directed by Owner. 1) CPU Shelf: a) Equip each 19 inch rack with 2 double -sided shelves, #OR- 60400355. b) Equip each 23 inch rack with 2 double -sided shelves, #OR- 60400517. 2) Keyboard Shelf: a) Equip each 23 inch rack with one folding keyboard shelf, Part No.: OR- 60400551. 3) Monitor Shelf: a) Equip each 19 inch rack with 2 double -sided shelves, #OR- 60400355. b) Equip each 23 inch rack with 2 double -sided shelves, #OR- 60400517. g. Equipment Bracing Accessories: 1) Provide 3 sets of the server bracing kit in the MC, Ortronics Part No.: OR- 60400523. 2) Provide 3 sets of the monitor bracing kit in the MC, Ortronics Part No.: OR- 70700126. 2. Distribution Rack Grounding: CPI #08009 -001; fumish ground terminal block for the MC. Racks shall be grounded using stranded, insulated copper conductor - #6AWG. Fumish all required bonding material and hardware, and bond to building grounding electrode subsystem at building electrical service entrance. 3. Power Protection Strips: (Vertical): a. Ortronics Part No.: OR- 60400381. Provide as indicated on Drawings. 4. Cable Runway: CPI Part No.: 10250 -715 (black). Equip each rack with a ladder style cable runway installed between the backboard and the equipment rack. Securely attach to backboard and rack in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Cable Runway Bend Radii: CPI Part No.: 12100 -712 (black); equip each 19 inch rack at the MC with one each. 6. Cable Management Straps: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 70700079-00. Fumish 50 straps total. 7. Wire Management Panels: Ortronics Part No.: OR- 808044915. Provide one for each Clarity 5e patch panel installed in MC room racks. Mount directly below the patch panel. D. Category 5e Modular Patch Panels: 1. Ortronics Part No.: PHD5E6U48 High - Density 48-port Category 5e patch panel; units are modular to 110 printed circuit board style patch panels. Fumish quantities and port configurations required to terminate all UTP horizontal cables indicated on the Drawings for the MC. 2. Ortronics Part No.: PHD5E6U24 High - Density 24-port Category 5e patch panel; units are modular to 110 printed circuit board style patch panels. Fumish quantities and port configurations required to terminate all UTP horizontal cables indicated on the Drawings for the MC. E. Category 5e Non -Keyed Modular Patch Cords: Quantities and lengths as scheduled in PART 1, shall be delivered to Owner, minus those installed. 1. Install patch cords in accordance with Nordstrom ISG patch cord installation list provided by the ISG project manager. Page 270 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA. Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com 270000 -7 03/07/07 F. Ortronics 110 Series Wiring Blocks: 1. Provide wiring blocks constructed of fire retardant molded plastic with color -coded horizontal index strips that secure and organize 25 -pairs each. The wiring blocks shall accommodate 22 through 26 AWG cable size conductors and shall be suitable for installation on terminal backboards as shown on the drawings. Use five (5) C-4 clips and one (1) C -5 dip on station 110 blocks for terminating. 2. At the MC provide 110 series connecting hardware and wire management for horizontal and cabling interconnects and cross- connects. a. Provide 300 pair block with legs, Ortronics #OR- 30200007. b. Provide 110 jumper troughs with legs, Ortronics #OR- 30200140. c. Provide 4 pair 110C connecting blocks, Ortronics #OR- 30200109. d. Provide 5 pair 110C connecting blocks, Ortronics #OR- 30200110. e. Provide designation kit with stripholders for 100 blocks, Ortronics #OR- 70400272. f. Provide Red 110 color coded designation strips for labeling of key phone systems on 110 blocks, Ortronics #OR- 70400271 -22. 2.3 TIMEKEEPING SYSTEM NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS A. The following parts will be fumished by the Nordstrom to be installed by the Contractor under this section: 1. Time Clock - Part No.: CMI 1694 -A03. 2. Wall Mount Bracket - Part No.: CMI 1661 -002. 3. Terminal Strips - Part No.: CMI 4045-001 and CMI 4008-001. B. The following parts shall be fumished and installed by the Contractor under this section: 1. Serial Cable- Part No.: Belden 88103, 24 AWG stranded 3 pair cable. 2. Data Spade Connectors: #6 Vinyl Locking Fork Terminator for 22 -18 AWG wires. 3. Cable to be daisy chained as per detail drawings. 2.4 SURGE SUPPRESSION A. Fumished and installed under Section 16050. 2.5 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM A. Category 5e Horizontal Cable (for cable lengths 200 linear feet or less): 1. Berk -Tek, Part No.:10032065 2. UL listed type CMP; 24- AWG, solid copper conductors with blue jacket. B. Category 6e Horizontal Cable (for cable lengths greater than 200 linear feet and less than 270 linear feet): 1. Berk -Tek, Part No.:10032094 2. UL listed type CMP; 24- AWG, solid copper conductors with blue jacket. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: GENERAL A. Open Cable Support installation: 1. This contractor shall fumish and install all supports for cables specified in this section. 2. Cable supports shall be spaced no further than 5' -0" apart. 3. Provide all additional cable management products, sleeves or conduit raceways as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cables in a neat manner. 4. All floor penetrations shall be at columns, exterior walls or equipment rooms. 5. Cables shall be supported at height of bottom flange of structural beams using a rigid support method (i.e.: threaded rod, beam damps, etc) do not use ceiling wire. 6. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit, or other system supports. 270000 -8 03/07/07 Page 272 7. Use saddle type fabric supports for major pathways and J -hooks or saddle supports for minor pathways. Do not exceed recommended fill capacity of supports. 8. Freestanding equipment racks shall be protected free of all dust, debris and all other environmental elements during construction until substantial completion walk -thru. B. Cable Installation: 1. All cables shall be bundled using plenum rated ties 5' -0" on center (at mid - span). 2. Maintain the following distances between cables, other system cables and other building systems: a. One foot from fluorescent lights. b. Four feet from motors and transformers c. Three feet from hot water piping or other mechanical equipment. d. One foot from electrical conduits or other electrical equipment. 3. Remove the minimum amount of cable insulation required to complete that cable termination. 4. Remove a maximum of'/: inch of factory installed 'cable twist' for Category 5e. 5. All cable below 10' -0" AFF shall be in conduit or run in stud cavity. 6. All low voltage cables shall be run exposed as "open cabling" in ceiling spaces and ceiling plenums. 7. All low voltage cables shall be run parallel or at right angles to building structural framework. Do not run cables diagonally across ceiling space without written authorization by the Architect's Electrical Engineer. 8. Run all low voltage cables in continuous runs from termination locations at equipment or outlet locations; splices are not permitted. Label all cables at each termination. See drawings for label designations. 9. Fire seal around all cables running through rated floors and walls in accordance with requirements of Section 07840. 10. Install cables per manufacturer's recommendations including but not limited to maximum tensile loading and maximum bend radius. 11. Velcro straps shall be utilized in the MC and HC for all cable bundling. Tie wraps shall be prohibited in the telecommunication rooms. 12. Leave spare pull string with every outlet installed. 13. Leave the following slack (additional length at discretion of owner) in neatly suspended loop of proper bend radius above: a. Equipment Racks (MCMC) — 5 feet. b. Workstation Outlets —10 feet. c. Wireless LAN Access Points — 50 feet. d. Video Surveillance Camera Locations — 25 feet. e. Video Surveillance Equipment Rack and outlets/devices/equipment — 25 feet C. Run all cable in continuous runs from outlet to final destination; splices are not acceptable. Label all cables at each termination. Refer to Drawings for label designations. D. Where cables are indicated to be installed as 'Open Cabling', cable supports shall be installed to allow cabling to be grouped and run along a common path. Cables shall be grouped separately for each system. Cables shall run parallel or at right angles to the building structure, and shall not be looped diagonally across the ceiling space. Provide cable supports which are adequately sized for the number and weight of the cables to be supported. Supports shall be rigidly attached to building structure at T-6" intervals; provide mounting accessories which are suitable for the structure to which attached. Cables shall be bundled with plenum rated teflon cable ties 30 inches on center. E. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, or adjacent to electrical conduit. F. Fire seal around all cables running through rated floors and walls in accordance with requirements of Section 07270. NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS 270000 -9 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS G. Video Surveillance Cabling shall be run in separate bundle from other cabling, and shall be in dedicated J -hook. 3.2 INSTALLATION: CATEGORY 5e COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE A. Category 5e Horizontal Cables: 1. Maximum cable lengths to be 295 feet (90 m) induding service loop. Provide all necessary installation materials, tools and equipment to perform insulation displacement type terminations at all communications outlets, patch panels and 110 punch -down blocks. Leave 10 feet of spare cable above the walls at jack location and 5 feet of spare cable above the MC rack. Slack shall be bundled neatly and placed above ceiling of MC. 2. Terminate each 4 -pair cable from a work area outlet module labeled VaM -110 -X or VM -110 -X on the 300 -pair terminal block designated for analog services (CO dial tone). Each 4-pair cable shall have all pairs terminated under the corresponding C-4 clip. See attached 'Rack Store 110 Block Terminations' listing and detail drawing of the 300 -pair 110- Termination Block in the construction drawings. 3. Complete all cross connects for pots lines to 110 termination block. 4. For each of the data locations identified by the ISG Project Manager, include the installation of the category 5e patch cord at the designated workstations. Assume 60 devices for bidding purposes. 5. For each of the data locations identified by the ISG Project Manager, include the installation of the category 5e patch cord from the horizontal patch panel to the owner provided Ethernet Switch. Assume 60 devices for bidding purposes. B. Installation — Voice Communications System: 1. For each voice cross- connect provide the assorted color icon at each patch panel port at the MC. See Section 2.2 (D) (7) for color coding. 2. Use white/red and red/white for analog central office facilities and alarm lines. 3. Wall mounted phones shall be mounted at +48 inches or +54 inches. 4. The PBX System specifies a 4 pair, 24 AWG cable for each attendant console Category 5e horizontal cabling shall be terminated on the 110 blocks in the MC Room. 5. Provide all voice cross - connects in the MC from the horizontal patch panel to the owner provided PBX Port patch panels. Ust to be provided by ISG Project Manager. Assume 60 devices for bidding. 3.3 INSTALLATION: CATEGORY 5e VIDEO SURVEILLANCE CABLE INFRASTRUCTURE A. Category 5e Horizontal Cables: 1. Maximum cable lengths to be 200 feet including service loop. Leave 25 feet of spare cable at each camera location, at the equipment rack, and at each outlet designated on the plans. 2. Spare slack loop shall be suspended 17 above ceiling grid for easy access. 3. At the Video Rack, slack cable loop shall be bundled neatly and placed above the rack. 4. For cable lengths that are in excess of 200 but less than 270 linear feet, the specified category 6 cabling shall be used in lieu of category 5e. Prior to installation, Installer shall notify General Contractor in the event any proposed cable lengths exceed 270 linear feet, and shall await direction until commencing installation. 5. The cabling installation (including testing) for this system shall be In accordance with the general installation requirements as the communications infrastructure. Terminations and jacks shall not be required to be installed for the Video Surveillance cabling by this contractor. 3.4 SOUND AND PAGING A. Run two Category 5e cables from MC to Sound system Cabinet. Leave 20 feet spare cable coiled neatly in ceiling of the ESA. In MC terminate each of the four pairs as follows on the 110 block: 1. Category 5e cable No. 1: a. Pair 1 - Voice/Telephone page. b. Pair 2 - Contact closure (suspend music when paging). Page 273 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA. Inc. Fnr mane Conditions Anreement RP wane, hrwa cnm 270000 -10 03/07/07 3.7 LABELING NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS 2. Category 5e Cable No 2: a. Pair 3 - Night bell (Ring voltage). b. Pair 4 - Music on hold. 3. Contractor shall label each pair a 110 block as indicated for each assigned cable. B. Sound and Paging contractor terminates cables In ESA, Cable Contractor will connect at backboard and PBX vendor connects from backboard to PBX. 3.5 INSTALLATION: TIMEKEEPING A. Secure timedocks to wall using 2" molly bolts. B. At each timedock location leave a minimum of 5 feet of spare cable to facilitate termination. C. All time keeping wiring terminators shall be in data spare connectors as scheduled in Part 2. D. Coordinate timekeeping RJ45 biscuit location with Nordstrom ISG Project Manager 60 days prior to store tumover. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM A. Access Point/Antenna (Owner Provided) Installation 1. Install all Access Points/Antennas at locations shown on the Contract (Construction) Drawings. 2. Install Access Points in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Access Point configuration completed by Owner. B. Category 5e UTP cable installation 1. Sales Floor Access Point Locations a. Install one category 5e UTP cable from the serving MC and terminate with a category 5e plug. b. A 50 -foot service loop shall be coiled in the ceiling space above the Access Point without exceeding the manufacturer's bend radius. 2. Stock Room Access Point Locations a. Install one category 5e UTP cable from the serving MC and terminate with a category 5e module. b. Install the module in a Surface Mount Interface Box mounted adjacent to the Access Point. c. A 50 -foot service loop shall be coiled in the ceiling space above the Access Point without exceeding the manufacturer's bend radius. C. Power Injector (Owner Provided) Installation 1. Install Equipment Shelf in the designated Equipment Rack in the serving MC shown on the Contract (Construction) Drawings. a. Ortronics Part No.: OR- 604045401 2. One shelf will fit 6 — 8 Power Injector/Transformer units. A. General: 1. All labels shall be permanent labels produced by a labeling machine. 2. Install labels on all cables at each end. 3. All labels shall be located within 6 inches of cable termination and placed so they can be easily read. 4. Label each device plate with cable designation. 5. Labeling information will be reviewed at Pre - Install Meeting. B. Communications Outlet Labeling: 1. Each communications outlet and cable at both ends will be labeled with the following telecommunication doset prefix rack number, patch panel number, and port number. Example: M -2 -1 -01 (for MC). Page 274 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usaae Conditions Aareement see www.bxwa.com 270000 -11 03/07/07 Page 275 3.8 TESTING NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS C. MC Rack Labeling: 1. Identify each freestanding rack in the MC and each HC enclosure with engraved lamacoid nameplates fastened to the equipment with epoxy adhesive. Nameplates shall be 1/8 ", 5 -ply lamacoid with %" white letters on black background. D. Timekeeping Labeling: 1. All cables entering timedocks shall be labeled 'CABLE IN from #X" or "CABLE OUT from inc where X is the timedock number. 2. Place labels so they can be easily read. E. Attendant Consoles: 1. Mark cable between ESA and MC "TO COMMUNICATION BOOTH #X" at MC and "TO MC #X" in ESA. Where X = Console number. 2. Mark cable going to PBX "TO PBX #X ". Where X = Console number. F. Sound and Paging Labeling: 1. Mark 110 block with a yellow label designating "Music on Hold and Paging ". G. Access Point Labeling 1. Access Point cables shall be labeled at both ends in accordance with paragraph 3.7, B, 1 (Communication Outlet Labeling). 2. Access Point equipment shall be labeled as follows: a. Labels shall be machine generated. b. Labels shall be .5' black letters on a white background, Font Size = 5. c. Access Points located in ceiling spaces shall have labels affixed on the AP support structure. d. Access Points located in the stock areas shall have the labels affixed to the AP housing. 3. Access Point Label Content: See construction drawings Note: The loading dock access point wilt always designated AP -1A. If the loading dock is not on the first floor, the access point will be the "A" access point of that floor. H. Video Surveillance Cable Labeling: 1. All labels shall be permanent labels produced by a labeling machine. 2. Install labels on all cables at each end. 3. All labels shall be located within 24 inches of cable termination and placed so they can be easily read. 4. Label each device plate with cable designation. 5. Labels shall be in accordance with the Video Surveillance label designations indicated on the plans. A. Test procedures shall be as prescribed by the Insulated Cable Engineers Association and the National Electrical Testing Association. B. Permanent Link Testing shall be completed on all horizontal (station) cables. C. Submit test reports to the General Contractor 2 weeks prior to Store Turnover. D. Category 5e Cable Testing: 1. All wiring shall be certified to meet or exceed the specifications as set forth in TIA/EIA -5689 for Category 5e requirements for data for permanent link. Certifications shall include the following parameters for each pair of each cable installed: a. Store number and name. b. Cable I.D. The test sheets will be in numerical order by cable ID. c. Date of test. d. Wire map (pin to pin connectivity and polarity check) i.e. near 12345678, far 12345678. e. Length (in feet). 270000 -12 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS f. Impedance. g. Attenuation. h. DC Resistance per 100M/328 feet. i. Capacitance. j. Worst Pair Crosstalk (NEXT). k. Attenuation to Crosstalk ratio (ACR). 1. Test equipment manufacturer and model number. m. Equal -Level Far End Crosstalk (ELFEXT). n. Retum Loss. o. Delay Skew. 2. Record test results for each cable and tum over to the General Contractor two weeks prior to Store Turnover. Correct malfunctions when detected, and re -test to demonstrate compliance. Note: Test equipment shall be a Type II cable tester that will generate a record of the test results (up to 500 events) that can be printed at a later time to aid the Contractor in completing test documentation forms. Attach this record to documentation form. E. Timekeeping System Cable Testing: Test cable for continuity, shorts, opens and transpositions. F. Wireless LAN Testing: Owner will perform testing. 1. Access Point Testing Schedule a. First test will be a test of the equipment installation. 1) Nordstrom ISG Project Manager to conduct testing. 2) Contractor to rectify any non - working or non - compliant access points at end of test. b. Second test will be a functional test with the installed merchandise prior to the store opening. 1) Nordstrom ISG Project Manager to conduct testing. 2) Contractor to rectify any non - working or non - compliant access points at end of test. 2. Coverage Definition a. RF coverage is defined as 100% of the entire store (excluding restrooms, elevators, and escalators) at 11 Mbps. b. 11 Mbps coverage has been determined to be 75% of packets transmitted and received at 11 Mbps. c. As the dient moves away from the Access Point, the number of packets should roll from 100 at 11 Mbps, to 5.5, to 2, and finally to 1 (left most value). This should occur if the rate settings in the Access Point are at the default values of: 1) Data Rate 1.0 Mbps — Basic 2) Data Rate 2.0 Mbps — Basic 3) Data Rate 5.5 Mbps — Yes 4) Data Rate 11 Mbps — Yes d. When the packets fall below 75% at 11 Mbps and roll to 5.5, "edge of cell' at 5.5 Mbps is where the packets at 5.5 and 11 Mbps should add up to 75% of the total number of packets. e. Subsequently, when the number of packets in the 2, 5.5, and 11 columns add up to 75% that is the 'edge of cell" of the 2 Mbps coverage. f. There may be some packets transferred at the 1 Mbps rate (beacons, etc.) but the 'edge of cell" is typically at the 75% mark. G. Final Test: Upon notification from the Owner's representative, site foreman accompany the Nordstrom ISG Project Manager to verify network distribution signal to all data and voice outlets. Coordinate testing dates with the ISG Project Manager. Site foreman to allow 16 hours for first two days of Owner's equipment installation plus 8 hours additional on -call time. In case of system failures or disruptions, contractors shall be on -call with one -hour response time. 3.9 EXTENDED PRODUCT WARRANTY & APPLICATIONS,ASSURANCE REGISTRATION A. The Extended Product Warranty covers all Ortronics and Ortronics- approved products used in the cabling system. The Ortronics Certified Installer at any tier may offer this warranty. Page 276 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com 270000 -13 03/07/07 B. The Applications Assurance is a warranty on the performance of the system and inherently includes the Extended Product warranty on all Ortronics and Ortronics- approved products used in the cabling system. The Ortronics Certified Installer at the Plus tier and above may offer this warranty only. C. Once the project is complete and all testing has been done in accordance with Section 3, the project must be registered and approved by Ortronics to initiate the warranty. D. The Telecommunication Contractor must complete the following for an Applications Assurance: 1. Complete the Warranty Registration Form 2. Send Ortronics the a. Warranty Registration Form b. Bill of Materials c. Test results In electronic for both the copper and fiber optic systems. (Note: Hard copies will not be accepted.) E. The Telecommunication Contractor must complete the following for an Extended Product Warranty: 1. Complete and send the Warranty Registration Form to Ortronics. F. Once the submitted materials are reviewed, the Telecommunications Contractor will be notified in writing of acceptance or rejection. If the project is accepted, the contractor will receive a letter of acceptance, a copy of the signed Warranty Registration Form and a warranty certificate for the Owner. G. The Telecommunication Contractor shall forward the signed Warranty Registration Form and warranty certificate to the Nordstrom ISG Project Manager. 3.10 ORTRONICS CERTIFICATION A. All field technicians who work independently at any given time during the project shall have a minimum of one -year experience on completed telecommunications projects of like magnitude and complexity. Field technicians with Tess than one year experience shall always work together with a field technician who has a minimum of one -year experience on completed telecommunications projects of like magnitude and complexity. A minimum of 50% of the field technicians working at the job site shall have completed an Ortronics Installer Technician Training course. Provide copies of certification for each technician as part of the Product Data submittal. B. All technicians performing the termination of optical fiber connectors shall have a minimum of two years experience on completed telecommunications projects of like magnitude and complexity and shall have completed an Ortronics Fiber Optic Training course. Provide copies of certification for each technician as part of the Product Data submittal. 3.11 SPECIAL STORE OPENING SERVICES A. Provide services of project foreman at site, full time, for first full day of store operation to ensure continuous system operation. Services shall be based on eight hours per day for one day. 3.12 MC ROOM TURNOVER SERVICES A. Provide services of project foreman at site, full time, for one full day after MC room tumover to assist the Nordstrom ISG representative. Services shall be based on eight hours per day for one day. NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS END OF SECTION 270000 -14 03/07/07 Page 278 RACK STORE Standard 110 Block Terminations @ MC Backboard VaM- 110 -01 Spare VaM- 110 -02 UPS Shipping Machine (Located @ Logistics Mgr Desk) VaM -110 -03 Spare (Typically Fire Alarm #1, but No Fire Alarm Control Panel) VaM- 110-04 Burglar Alarm #1 VaM- 110-05 Burglar Alarm #2 VaM- 110-06 Electrical Meter VaM- 110 -07 Spare (Typically ATM Machine, None on this project) VaM- 110-08 Spare (Typically Pay Phone #1, None on this project) VaM -110 -09 LP Room (Security Camera Backboard) VaM- 110-10 Elevator Phone #1 VaM- 110 -11 Spare VaM- 110 -12 Spare VaM- 110 -13 Console #1 ( Cashwrap) VaM- 110 -14 Console #2 (Cashwrap) VaM- 110-15 Spare VaM- 110 -16 Spare VaM- 110 -17 Spare VaM- 110-18 Spare VaM- 110-19 Sound & Paging Cable #1 — Music VaM- 110 -20 Sound & Paging Cable #2 — Paging/Night Bell VaM- 110 -21 Spare VaM- 110-22 Spare VaM- 110-23 Spare VaM- 110 -24 Spare VM- 110-25 Spare VM- 110 -26 Spare VM- 110-31 Spare VM- 110 -32 Spare Notes: • VaM -110 is for POTS Line Terminations • VM -110 is for PBX Terminations NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS 270000 -15 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 274139 - MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Background music, paging, intercom, and public address systems, including wiring, hardware and other required parts for final connection of all miscellaneous equipment and devices provided by others. B. Related Sections 1. 095113 — Acoustical Panel Ceilings: Coordination; substrates; 2. 260500 — Common Work Results for Electrical: All raceways, volume control outlet boxes, junction boxes, flexible conduit and floor outlet boxes, provided by the Electrical Subcontractor, low voltage cable installation. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016000. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Main store background music and paging system, providing: 1. Background music and paging to all other areas of the store. 2. Priority type remote volume controls; zone volume controls for public and non - public areas. 3. The system shall allow for muting of the background music source when keying the microphone with paging originating at the switchboard. 4. System shall have general store page from all store phones via an access code. 5. Tone generation (chime) via house music system to annunciate after hours telephone calls. Coordinate with telephone system supplier. B. Entrance intercom with master stations at RECEIVING Manager's desk. Door stations at employee entrance and at the interior and exterior sides of the loading dock man door. C. Security alert system, allowing for after -hours deliveries or entrance to the building, consisting of: 1. Push - button switch on Aiphone door stations located at the truck loading dock man door and employee entrance. 2. Tone generator located at the equipment console. 3. Enable/Disable switch plate mounted adjacent to the Aiphone master station at the Receiving man desk. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Approved Installer: 1. Dave Whitaker and Nick Leibold 1448 Elliott Avenue West Seattle, WA 98119 Phone: (206) 286 -8981 B. Workmanship: Professional quality, best commercial practice, and accomplished by persons experienced in the techniques and standards found in this industry. C. Field Tests: ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SUBSTATIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER), perform all tests necessary to insure proper completion of the installation. Demonstrate correct operation of the system to the Contractor, Architect, Electrical Engineer, and Owner or his agent. D. Standby: Installer shall have qualified technicians available within one hour's notice for repair or service as needed during the seventy-two (72) hour period before and following each phase opening. E. Communication: Installer shall notify the Contractor immediately of any critical needs for electrical power or incidental raceways effecting completion of the system within the normal time schedule. Page 279 Section 274139 Music, Paging & Intercom Equipment Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com 274139 -1 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 274139 - MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM EQUIPMENT 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 017700. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit 1/8" scale plans indicating the locations of each piece of equipment and each device, including mounting heights, size of backbox, and the zone and product number. Indicate surface or recess mounting. Indicate wall or desk mounted aiphones. Identify the type of cable runs with conductor quantity and sizes. Provide detailed construction drawings of custom fabricated components. Show equipment and materials to be provided for this particular installation. Nom - project- specific drawings are not acceptable. 2. Submit 1/4" scale plans indicating the layout of equipment within the room. Show accurate equipment dimensions and conduit stub -ups. 3. Submit 1/4" scale elevations of the head end equipment cabinet accurately indicating dimensions. 4. Submit a riser diagram for the complete sound system indicating wiring to each j -box, device, and each piece of equipment. C. Operations Manuals: Include a record of all typical control settings, locations of all remote volume controls, as -built block and wiring diagrams for all systems, and a list of cable identification codes. D. Record Drawings: Provide complete tagging and labeling of all communication lines at the main equipment console and the intercom equipment locations as part of Record Drawings. E. All shop drawings shall be generated using a CADD program. 1.5 SCHEDULE A. Paging system shall be operational prior to store completion, by a date to be determined by the Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Loud Speaker Assemblies: 1. Sales Floor Speakers: POSH Solution 6.0 6.5" coaxial ceiling speaker assembly with mounting ring and selectable 70.7 V transformer. Speakers shall be tapped at watts each at 3.75 watt typical. 2. Non -Sales Floor Speakers in Suspended Acoustical Ceiling Tile: Lowell 8C10W -T70 speakers with Lowell WB-8 round grille; Lowell XCP-84 back cans, and Lowell LBS-8 support. Speakers shall be tapped at .5 watts each at 70 volt. 3. Speakers in Gypsum Wallboard Ceiling: Lowell 8C10W -T70 speakers with Lowell WB-8 grill, Lowell CP-84 back cans, and Lowell SS24 support. Speakers shall be tapped at .5 watts each at 70 volt. 4. Surface Mounted Stock Room and Corridor Speakers: Lowell LCB- 8C10WT70. Speakers shall be tapped at 2 watts each at 70 volt. B. Remote volume controls shall be priority auto - transformer attenuators except where indicated: Soundolier Model AT -10PA, 35PA, or AT -75PA, commensurate with load. C. Electronics: 1. Background music and paging. a. Mixer (All Building Speakers): TOA M -900 mixer with TOA MB25B rack kit, with minimum one microphone and four auxiliary inputs; separate base and treble tone controls. Rack mounted mixer shall have less than .5% THD, 50- 20,000 Hz frequency response. Furnish two. b. Power Amplifier (All Building Speakers): QSC 302V 2- channel amplifier. Rack mounted amplifier shall have less than .05% THD, 20- 20,000 Hz frequency response, 70V line output with output protection device. Furnish one. c. Power Panel: Lowell L181 -LC power panel. 274139 -2 03/07/07 Page 281 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 274139 - MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM EQUIPMENT 2. Fumish all accessories as required for additional inputs, balanced inputs, page priority, power supply, rack mount brackets (see supplemental plan, equipment console). D. Main System Equipment Console: Lowell 153-28 wall mount rack cabinet located as indicated on the plans. Provide with locking door. Cabinet shall be U.L. listed. E. Background Music Source: Contractor install Owner furnished background music source in equipment console. Also provide Middle Atlantic Products U317 shelf for music source in wall cabinet. F. Intercoms: 1. Receiving and Employee Entry Man Door - Interior and Exterior•. Aiphone LE -DA door station. Exterior unit shall be in weatherproof housing. 2. Receiving Manager's Desk: Aiphone LEF -3 station. Station shall not be mounted on the wall. Leave with minimum 6 feet of loose cable. 3. Power Supply: PS1225UL G. Security Alert Tone Generator: TOA S-01S. Provide two (2). H. Telephone Page Module: TOA L -41S. Provide two (2). I. Telephone Night Chime: 1. Night Chime Module: TOA S -04S, Provide two (2). 2. AC Ring Voltage Relay: University RSP -1; fumish one only. J. Other Equipment: 1. Provide SW -1, SW -2 momentary pushbutton switches and provide SW -3 toggle switch - ALCO 7101 SY2QE. 2. Lowell LA -1 amplifier with integral transformers for 120V power supply. 3. Music Inputs: TOA U11R, Provide two (2). 4. Mic Inputs: TOA M11S, Provide two (2). K. Cable Requirements - (Not in Plenum): 1. Control -audio cable shall be four conductor, 18AWG stranded and jacketed West Penn 244. 2. Audio cable shall be two conductor, 18AWG stranded and jacketed West Penn 224. 3. Shielded microphone cable shall be two conductor 20AWG, with ground, stranded and jacketed, West Penn 292. 4. Master intercom cable shall be twelve conductor (no pairs), 22AWG minimum, solid and jacketed West Penn 573. L. Cable Requirement - (In Plenum): 1. Control-audio cable shall be four conductor, 18 AWG, Teflon insulated, Teflon or Kynar jacketed, West Penn 25244 or equal. 2. Distributed audio cable shall be two conductor, 18 AWG, Teflon insulated, Teflon or Kynar jacketed, West Penn 25224 or equal. 3. Wire: UL listed and classified NEC Section 725-2 (b) Class 2 and 3 for use in air ducts and plenums. M. Cover plates: Stainless steel. N. Cable Supports: Caddy #4BRT32/BC -200 bridle rings, or equal. Furnish with beam damps as necessary, or install on threaded rod as detailed on the Drawings. 2.2 VIDEO RECORD AND PLAYBACK SYSTEMS A. Video Components: 1. Televisions: 20 -inch Color Monitor: Panasonic CT2086YD. Furnish one. 2. (VCP) Video Cassette Player: 1/2 inch VHS format: JVC HRS3800. Furnish one. B. Accessories: 1. Portable Video Table: Grainger catalogue, model #5W606; black color with casters. 2. Video Head Cleaning Cartridge: Advanced Video Dynamics CJ -58B. Fumish one. 274139 -3 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 274139 - MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM EQUIPMENT C. Standby: Installer shall have qualified technicians available within one hour's notice for repair or service as needed during the seventy-two hour periods prior to and following store opening. D. Demonstration: 1. Prior to store opening, at a time mutually agreeable between the installer and the Owner, provide demonstration and instruction to the Owner's employees on the use of the 1V and video system. 2. Obtain written acknowledgment of instruction to Owner's employees at the time of instruction. 3. Provide follow -up instruction as necessary prior to store opening. E. Closeout Submittals: For each piece of equipment furnished under this Subsection, include Owner's manuals, hookup instructions, and additional instructions, as necessary to describe complete system operation, for insertion into Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide all devices as indicated on the Drawings, described herein, or as necessary for a complete job. Exercise all due care in handling of materials prior to installation. B. Cable Pulling: 1. A pull -wire shall be found in all raceways as provided under Section 260500. 2. Pull all cable to avoid damaging the cable. C. Loud Speaker Assemblies - Recessed Ceiling: 1. Coordinate with the ceiling subcontractor regarding the number and placement of precut tile sections. 2. Coordinate with the Architect and painting subcontractor regarding the painting of speaker baffles. 3. Provide speaker assemblies and install all connectors and junction box cover plates as provided by the electrical subcontractor. 4. Bundle excess cable at each speaker location and insure that the torsion spring type baffle seats firmly to the ceiling tile upon completion. 5. Ensure uniformity regarding visible screw head . alignment on baffles where applicable. 6. Tap the transformer at .5 watt in DRESSING rooms and rest rooms. D. Surface Mount Corridor Baffles: Provide outlet boxes for mounting of the corridor baffles. Outlet boxes shall be of the 4-0 type, securely and independently fastened to the structure. Electrical Sub - Contractor shall provide all outlet boxes. E. Equipment Console: 1. Locate the equipment console as indicated on the drawings. Consult supplemental plans for actual layout and accessories required. 2. Provide sufficient lengths of cable, neatly bundled and separated, to allow for movement of the console for service. F. Public and Stock Area Volume Controls 1. Group area volume controls for all public areas in within the equipment console. 2. Clearly label all volume controls by zoned area. 3. As part of balancing the sound system, dearly mark normal level settings on individual volume control plates. G. Paging Override Relay: The volume controls for the EMPLOYEE BREAK ROOM shall not be connected to the paging override relay. H. Tap speakers in offices at lowest setting, or disconnect the override relay. 3.2 CABLE INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. In all areas requiring surface wiring, care should be taken to securely fasten the cable to the structure or to available conduit runs using nylon cable ties and clips and provided at appropriate intervals. Page 282 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com 274139-4 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 274139 - MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM EQUIPMENT B. Enclose all splices in metal junction boxes: 1. Solder all paging speaker connections. 2. Cable for paging speaker system shall be shielded. 3. Gather and insulate shields at speakers. 4. Ground shields to true ground at equipment end. C. Cables in ceiling spaces and at structure shall be bundled with plenum rated Teflon cable ties 12 inches on center. Support cables from structure at maximum 5' -0" centers with bridle rings. Cables shall run parallel to the building structure and shall not be looped diagonally across the ceiling space. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, or adjacent to electrical conduit. D. Do not group high and low or medium level audio cable together. E. Do not install power distribution wiring adjacent to signal or audio cables. F. Neatly shorten power cords to the proper length from individual equipment to power outlet strips. G. Terminate audio and control wires in crimp -on Tugs at terminal strips or with other approved devices. H. Ground System: 1. The technical ground systems shall be of the "true" type with a main single tie point brought to the building ground. 2. Connect all equipment in a particular system to the main building ground at only one point. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to completion of each phase at a time mutually agreeable between the installer and the Owner, provide demonstration and instruction to the Owner's employees on the use of the system. B. Obtain written acknowledgment of instruction to Owner's employees at time of instruction. C. Provide follow up instruction as needed prior to completion of each phase. END OF SECTION 274139 -5 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 281600 — INTRUSION DETECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Complete burglary alarm and detection system including wiring, contacts, devices, panels, backboxes, and wireway. B. Related Sections: 1. 013300 — Submittal Procedures: Submittals requiring jurisdictional approval. 2. 283100 — Fire Detection and Alarm. 3. 255500 — Integrated Automation Control of HVAC. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitution of products and specified installer will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016000, and subject to approval by the Owner. E. Separate Contract: Monitoring and maintenance of alarm system will be fumished by the Owner, under separate contract. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 013300. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data sheets for the alarm system equipment noting location of each piece of equipment, size, wiring requirements and schematic wiring diagram of all equipment. C. Shop Drawings (ALL DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED TO BE BOUND TOGETHER AND SUBMITTED ON FULL SIZE SHEETS — 8.5 "X11" AND 11"X1 T" SHEETS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE): 1. SUBMIT 1/8" SCALE PLANS INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. Exact location of each device. b. Location of all equipment, including control panels, Hirsch keypads and backbox type, power supplies and addressable modules. c. All wiring runs to devices and equipment identifying the conductor type and conduit requirements. d. A drawing legend identifying every symbol used on the plans. 2. SUBMIT 1/4" SCALE PLAN INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. The exact layout of the equipment. b. A drawing legend identifying every symbol used on the plans. 3. SUBMIT BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. All devices and equipment, indicating the device locations, product number, and burglar alarm zone number. b. Wiring requirements to all devices and equipment. c. Battery calculations clearly tabulating the standby and alarm currents for every device. Clearly show the total current, amp - hours, and required battery size. 4. SUBMIT ACCESS SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. All devices and equipment, indicating the keypad locations. b. Wiring requirements to all devices and equipment. c. Door strike power supplies. d. Battery calculations clearly tabulating the standby currents for every device. Clearly show the total current, amp - hours, and required battery size. 5. SUBMIT DETAIL SHEET INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. Typical wiring diagram for Hirsch keypad at doorways. b. Wiring diagram for Hirsch horn and override switch. 6. All shop drawings shall be original, showing only the BURGLAR ALARM and ACCESS system components, and generated using a CADD program. Page 284 Section 281600 Intrusion Detection Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com 281600 -1 03/07/07 Page 285 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 281600 — INTRUSION DETECTION 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Ordinances: Comply with all applicable codes and ordinances. Obtain and pay for all permits. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. The installer shall have at least 5 years of successful installation experience on similar projects and shall be properly licensed by both Hirsch Electronics and Bosch, Inc. Provide certification from both manufacturers. 2. Installer's field foreman shall have completed training at both Hirsch and Bosch factory training dasses. Provide copies of training certificates with submittals. This foreman shall be on site whenever work is performed on these systems. 3. The subcontractor for work provided under this Section shall also be the system installer. Cable installation may be subcontracted, but system component installation, final connections, programming, and system testing shall be performed by the Burglar Alarm and Detection System subcontractor. 4. The installer shall have a permanent 24 hour phone number for emergency repair. 5. The list of approved Hirsch system installers shall be obtained from one of the following Hirsch Regional Managers. The installer shall be selected from this list: a. North East Territory (MA, RI, NH, ME, VT, CT, Up State NY, W. PA, OH, MI, East Canada): Contact Tom Hines, 5355 Northland Dr. Suite C224 Grand Rapids, MI 49525. Phone: 616.863.9535; FAX:616.863.9565; CELL:616.443.9092. b. NY Metro/NJ Territory (NY/NJ, DE, EAST PA): Contact Tom Friesema, 40 Zinnia Dr. Glenwood, NJ 07418. Phone: 973.764.1715; FAX: 973.764.1716; CELL: 201.506.2757. c. South East Territory (DC, MD, VA, WV, AL, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, TN): Contact Scott Elliott, 3000 Ashbury Court, Woodstock, GA 90189. Phone: 770.517.9375; FAX: 770.517.6224; CELL: 404.229.5771. d. North Central Territory (IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, MN, MO, NE, ND, SD, WI): Contact Doug Smith, 1491 Magnolia Drive, Crystal Lake, IL 60014. Phone: 815.479.1017; FAX: 815.479.1018; CELL: 847.971.7701. e. South Central Territory (AR, LA, OK, TX): Contact Ross Head, 2605 Sagebrush Drive, Suite 108 Flower Mound, TX 75028. Phone: 972.899.2885; FAX: 240.526.1167; CELL: 972.467.8372. f. Mountain Territory (AZ, CO, NM, UT, WY, TX, EL Paso, TX): Contact Randy Lehman, 929 N. Val Vista Ste. 107 -152 Gilbert, AZ 85234. Phone: 480.545.1900; FAX: 480.926.6922; CELL: 602.527.6114. g. North West Territory (ID, NT, N. CA, N. NV, OR, WA, Western Canada, Alaska): Contact Cindy Doyle, P.O. Box 620545 Woodside, CA 94062 -0545. Phone: 650.298.8056; FAX: 650.368.7352; CELL: 650.619.3758. h. South West Territory (NV, South CA): Contact Bernice Noriz, 1900 Carnegie Ave. Bldg. B, Santa Ana, CA 92705. Phone: 949.250.8888, Ext. 120; FAX: 949.250.7372; CELL: 949.300.4794. C. System Purchase: Unless otherwise specified, this system shall be purchased, not leased. D. Pre - Installation Conference In accordance with Section 01312: 1. Schedule a conference a minimum of 10 calendar days prior to beginning work of this Section. 2. Agenda: Clarify questions related to work to be performed, scheduling, and coordination. Identify dates for the Preliminary Testing and Acceptance Testing of the completed system. 3. Attendance: System Installer, General Contractor, Architect, Electrical Engineer, and other parties affected by work of this Section. 1.4 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Alarm perimeter system shall be completely installed and operational one week prior to SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER) or the expense of additional security guards incurred due to lack of perimeter alarm systems shall be paid for by this installer. B. Alarm company shall have representation on twice monthly basis at Owners/Architects meeting after contract award. 281600 -2 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 281600 — INTRUSION DETECTION C. All programming of the burglar alarm system and the Hirsch access system shall be completed by this sub - contractor. Prior to the system tumover, fully coordinate with the Nordstrom Loss Prevention representative, the desired system functions and programming requirements. All system programming shall be completed prior to the Acceptance Inspection. D. SYSTEM TESTING SCHEDULE: 1. SYSTEM PRE -TEST CONFERENCE: The General Contractor shall conduct a pre -test conference call THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER). Participants shall be the System Installer, the Electrical Sub - contractor, the Architect, and the Electrical Engineer. The suggested agenda to include the status of the system installation and the testing requirements. 2. SYSTEM PRE -TEST: Complete the pre-test of the system with the General Contractor TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER). 3. SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST: Complete the acceptance testing of the system with the General Contractor and the Electrical Engineer ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BURGLARY ALARM SYSTEM A. All equipment shall be UL approved and shall comply with all listings/approval required by the local and state jurisdictions. B. Manufacturer Contact Numbers: 1. Bosch, Inc.: (800) 538 -5807 2. Hirsch Electronics: (949) 250 -8888 3. Alarm Controls Corporation: (800)645 -5538 4. Altronix Corp.: (718) 567 -8181 5. Detection Systems, Inc.(Bosch): (888) 289 -0096 6. Epson Printers: Available through Bosch, Inc. and Hirsch Electronics 7. Locknetics: (860) 584 -9158 8. Sentrol (GE Industrial): (800) 247 -9447 9. Trumac, Inc. (203) 452 -9988 C. Main Security System: 1. Control Panel: a. Type: Bosch "D9412G ". b. Provide surface mounted alarm communicator control panel at the location as indicated on the plans for burglary alarm transmission. c. Provide for all points to be transmitted to the central station. d. Allow for selective zone arming if desired. e. Allow for "late to dose" ability through keypad by authority code. f. Interface with the command center keypad for individual point of protection identification. g. Allow for point bypass on and off, by authority level. h. Control panel shall have printer interface and shall provide recording via local printer of system events including time, date, event, area number, user identification, point number and text. i. Provide transmission to central monitoring station of energy management control system (EMCS) "High Temperature" alarm from the MC ROOM. j. Provide ground fault monitoring and indication at the panel. 2. Command Center Keypad: a. Type: Surface mount Bosch "D1255 ". b. Locate one command center at the control panel, one at the interior side of the RECEIVING MAN DOOR, and one at the interior side Employee Entry Door. c. A built -in sounder shall Indicate events with distinct tones, only at the control panel command center. The command center at the EMPLOYEE ENTRY door shall be silent. Page 286 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com 281600 -3 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 281600 — INTRUSION DETECTION 3. Devices: Provide door alarm contacts for each perimeter opening including doors, coiling doors, roof hatches, display window doors, trash compactor and operable windows: a. Doors: recessed Sentrol #1078. b. Courier Vault Door. Sentrol #2500. c. Safe Doors: Sentrol #2700. d. Operable windows: Sentrol #1078 4. Glass Break Sensors: Sentrol 5812NT Shatterpro 3 Acoustic Glassbreak Sensor, 360 degree coverage pattern with a maximum 25' radius coverage. 5. Hold -Up Buttons: Trumac Co. Model No. HUB -2; finger type single pole double throw, with key reset. Trumac Co. Model No. HUB -2; finger type single pole double throw, with key reset Contact Sales Dept., TRUMAC INC., 41 Monroe Tumpike, Trumbull, CT 06611: Phone 203.452.9988 or Fax 203.452.9991 6. Printer. Dot - Matrix, traction feed Epson LX -300 or equal. Provide one for Bosch system. 7. Power Supplies: Altronix Corp. of type and size required D. Additional Hold -up Protection: 1. Provide hold -up buttons in the offices of Store Manager, HR, cashwrap location, and Loss Prevention Room to be visually and audibly annunciated at the command center located at the burglar alarm system control panel. 2. All hold -up systems (except Store Manager office) to be monitored 24 hours a day at off-site UL approved central monitoring station. 2.2 CARD ACCESS AND RELATED SYSTEMS A. Provide a Hirsch Model 8 controller in L.P. CAMERA ROOM with printer output. B. Printer: Dot - Matrix, traction feed Epson LX -300 or equal. Provide one for Hirsch system and locate near the controller. C. Provide Hirsch keypads at all locations as indicated on the drawings. D. Employee Entrance: 1. Provide one Hirsch DS47L -HI high intensity keypad in MB-8 backbox outside of employee entrance door; recessed mount. 2. Keypad shall shunt out alarm contact and release door strike. E. Receiving Man Door. 1. Provide one Hirsch DS47L -HI high Intensity keypad in a MB-5 backbox outside of personnel door; recessed mount. Keypad shall shunt out alarm contact, shunt the local audible hom, and release door strike. 2. Provide one Hirsch DS47L keypad in a Hirsch backbox at the interior side of personnel door. Provide a Hirsch MB - 3 backbox for recessed mounting, or an MB backbox for surface mounting applications — prior to ordering confirm mounting regruiements. Keypad shall shunt out alarm contact, shunt the local audible hom, and release door strike 3. Provide an audible hom above personnel door that is activated by the personnel door when not dosed properly within the allowed shunt time or unauthorized entry. Provide programming function at LP keypad to bypass audible hom. Hom shall be flush mount, 24 VAC with adjustable output. 4. Keypad entry shall silence hom. 5. Provide a by -pass switch near the burglar alarm panel to deactivate the Hirsch audible horn located at the Receiving man door. F. L.P. Camera Room: 1. Provide one Hirsch DS47L keypad in MB -1 backbox inside L.P. CAMERA ROOM near Hirsch panel for programming. G. Hirsch backboxes will be provided by burglar alarm system contractor but installed by electrician. H. Electronic door hardware/strikes will be provided by others. Strikes shall be 24VDC, continuous duty. Provide all required electrical connections to door strikes. Page 287 : j_ a a_ 11 . v r— ..4:a:•••••• A •••••• ....... 6 ....... 281600-4 03/07/07 Page 288 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 281600 — INTRUSION DETECTION I. Hirsch Power Supplies: Provide Altronix Corp. (of type and size required) Class 2 power supply, as required, in the Loss Prevention Room to power electric door strikes _System battery power supply shall be provided to allow for a minimum 12 hours of back -up power for normal operation J. THE HIRSCH SYSTEM AND POWER SUPPLIES SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO ALLOW FOR CLASS 2 WIRING METHODS, OR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH CLASS 1 WIRING METHODS. K. Provide all miscellaneous accessories to provide a complete and functional system including but not limited to back boxes, required system software and programming, relays required for interface with door electronic strikes, etc. L. Door to Safe: 1. Provide one Hirsch DS47L keypad in MB -1 backbox at exterior of Safe Closet. 2. Keypad shall shunt out alarm contact and release door strike. 2.3 CABLE A. Cable shall be fisted as suitable for use in ducts, plenums, and other space used for environmental air, and shall be listed as having adequate fire resistant and low smoke - producing characteristics. Cable shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application used. B. Low voltage Cable Supports: Provide Caddy Cablecat wide base cable supports (J- hooks) - no substitutions. Provide Caddy part number #CAT 32 series j- hooks. Provide all beam clamps, hangars, and miscellaneous installation hardware. Provide with beam damps as required or install on threaded rod as detailed on the Drawings. • PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Furnish and coordinate location requirements for conduit installed as a part of Section 260500. B. Provide all wiring to annunciator panels and all alarm devices. C. Alarm transmission signal shall be either by Multiplex or Digital dialer system, as determined by the Nordstrom Regional Security Manager. D. Provide a complete operational system. Complete all programming of system under the direction of the Owner's Security Manager and as indicated and specified. E. Cables shall be bundled with plenum rated Teflon cable ties 30 inches on center. Support cables from structure at maximum 5' -0" centers with Caddy J- hooks. Cables shall run parallel to building structure and shall not be looped diagonally across ceiling space. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, or adjacent to electrical conduit. F. All exterior Hirsch keypads shall be installed fully weatherproofed. The installer shall provide gasketing between the Hirsch cover and the wall such that the installation is water tight. G. All power supplies, addressable modules, etc. shall be located concealed from public view. All devices and/or equipment installed above the ceiling shall be U.L. fisted for that use, and shall be in accordance with the jurisdictional requirements. 3.2 PRELIMINARY TESTING A. Prior to the acceptance inspections and testing the Installer and General Contractor shall "pretest" the entire burglar alarm and detection system to assure that equipment is properly installed and functioning in accordance with the plans and specifications. System shall be fully programmed as directed by the Owner's Security Manager. PRE -TEST SHALL OCCUR TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER). B. Request for acceptance inspection and testing will not be approved until the following items have been completed: 1. Preliminary testing has been completed and a written request for acceptance inspection and testing has been submitted to Architect. 281600 -5 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 281600 — INTRUSION DETECTION 2. Submittal of Record Drawings. C. Tests shall include: 1. Tests of wiring for proper connection, continuity and resistance to ground. The minimum allowable resistance between any two conductors or between conductors and ground is 10 megohms as checked by a megger after all conduit, conductors, detector bases, etc. have been installed, but before the detector devices are plugged into the base or end -of -line devices Installed. 2. Operation of system control and indicating components in accordance with factory recommended procedures. 3. Test and check sound level of alerting devices. 3.3 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION AND TESTING A. General Requirements : 1. Acceptance inspection and tests shall be witnessed by the Architect, the Architect's Electrical Engineer, and the Owner's Security Manager and performed before jurisdictional testing. 2. The inspection and tests shall include operation of initiating devices and verification of annunciation, testing of supervised circuits, and operation of alerting devices. 3. The installation will be checked against the Record Drawings. 4. The Installer shall fumish all testing materials and instruments. 5. A punch list will be developed by the Project Engineer of Record. Installer shall correct punch list items within 7 working days. 6. There will be a reinspection of punch list items and any other items necessitated by corrective work. 7. If, in the opinion of the Owner, Architect, or Electrical Engineer, additional reinspections are necessary to assure compliance with the Contract, they shall be made at the Installer's expense, including fees, travel expenses, and other costs directly associated with the additional inspection. 8. The installer shall provide the Engineer with a test form that Includes alarm points listed individually with zone numbers and addresses. B. Prepare a checkout report and submit four copies to the Architect. The report shall summarize the results of all tests. 3.4 FINAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Prior to Store tumover, conduct an inspection in the presence of the local building authority as necessary to secure full building occupancy certification. B. The Installer shall furnish all testing materials and instruments. C. If, in the opinion of the Owner, Architect, or Electrical Engineer, additional reinspections are necessary to assure compliance with the Contract, they shall be made at the Installer's expense, including fees, travel expenses, and other costs directly associated with the additional inspection. D. Perform additional tests and reprogramming as directed by the local building authority and the Owner's Security Manager. END OF SECTION 281600 -6 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 282300 - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. All labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for the cable portion of the security video system as indicated, in accordance with provisions of the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination with other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, provide all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices, incidental to, or necessary for, a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. Construction management of the separate Sensormatic system installation. B. Related Sections: 1. 260500 — Common Work Results for Electrical. 2. 281600 — Intrusion Detection. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will not be considered. E. Construction Management of separate Contract: The Owner's Corporate Security Manager, will contract separately for Sensormatic security video cameras and theft deterrent systems. The Sensormatic systems, including but not limited to cameras, processing equipment, controllers, theft deterrent system, terminations, mounting equipment, and testing shall be provided under the General Contract as assigned to the General Contractor by Nordstrom. Coordinate contract work and installation with Nordstrom Corporate Loss Prevention. 1.2 CODES, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the requirements of the following codes, ordinances and standards: 1. State and local codes, rules, regulations and ordinances. 2. National Electrical Code (NEC) latest edition as amended or supplemented by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. Electronic Industries Association (EIA) standards pertaining to television cameras and monitors. 4. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) safety standards pertaining to television equipment and accessories. 1.3 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES A. Obtain all permits required and pay all fees for permits and inspections. B. Furnish Owner with written evidence of final inspection and acceptance by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Submit within 30 days from award of contract. All submittals shall be transmit in one package. Three copies of the transmittal shall be retained, one each by Nordstrom Corporate Security, Architect and the Electrical Engineer. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit a 1/8" scale reproducible copy and one print of each floor plan indicating all cable routing through building, induding quantity and type of each cable. 3. Product Data: Submit minimum of 6 copies of manufacturer's product data sheets for each type of cable. 4. Test Data: Submit complete documentation for all continuity tests performed on installed security video cables. Check for opens and shorts. C. Test Data: Submit complete documentation for all continuity tests performed on installed security video cables. Page 290 Section 282300 Video Surveillance Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com 282300 -1 03/07/07 Page 291 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 282300 - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials shall be new, in original cartons or shipping crates and shall have a UL label whenever available. B. The manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of cable for similar types and capacities required by this project for not less than 5 years. C. The installer shall have at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with installation work similar to that required for this project. D. The installer shall have at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with installation work similar to that required for this project. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Contact Nordstrom Corporate Security at 206 - 233 -6548 prior to start of work. B. The systems shall have passed all acceptance tests and be completely ready for the equipment installation 60 days before store opening. C. Pre - Install Conference: The General Contractor shall conduct a Pre - Install Meeting (Conference Call) for this section of the specification. Attendees shall be Nordstrom Store Planning Project Manager, Nordstrom Corporate Loss Prevention, Brian Anklam (Sensormatic — 503 -531 - 1818), Callison Architecture Project Manager, Hargis Engineers Electrical Project Manager. Suggested agenda to indude requirements for Construction Management of separate Contract described in this section of the specification.Comply with schedule issued by the General Contractor. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PAN TILT ZOOM (PTZ) A. Description: This Security Video System cabling subcontractor shall provide all cabling specified herein and as indicated on the drawings. B. Composite Cable: Provide plenum rated PTZ multi- conductor composite cable as indicated on the Drawings. Cable shall be Sensormatic #RPPCSxxxx. Contact Tony Perato 1-800 -241 -6678. C. Video Cable: Provide plenum rated RG59 /U coaxial video cables as indicated on the Drawings. Cable shall have 22AWG solid copper center conductor and shall be Sensormatic #RPVxxxPx. D. Data -A Cable: Provide plenum rated twisted pair data cables as indicated on the Drawings. Cable shall be (1) twisted pair, 22AWG stranded tinned copper and shall be Sensormatic #RPDSxxxPx. E. Data -B Cable: Provide plenum rated control cable as indicated on the drawings. Cable shall be 3 conductor, 18AWG shielded and shall be Belden 88770. F. Voice Cable: Provide plenum rated Cat 3 telephone communication cable as indicated on the drawings. Provide 24 -AWG, four twisted pair, solid copper conductors. G. Low voltage Cable Supports: Provide Caddy Cable at wide base cable supports (J- hooks) - no substitutions. Provide Caddy part number #CAT 32 series j- hooks. Provide all beam clamps, hangars, and miscellaneous installation hardware. Provide with beam damps as required or install on threaded rod as detailed on the Drawings. 2.2 FIXED TV CAMERA SYSTEM (F.T.V.) A. Description: This Security Video System cabling subcontractor shall provide all cabling specified herein and as indicated on the drawings. B. Video Cable: Provide plenum rated RG59/U coaxial video cables as indicated on the Drawings. Cable shall have 22AWG solid copper center conductor and shall be Sensormatic #RPVxxxPx. C. Power Cables: Provide plenum rated power cable as indicated on the drawings. Cable shall be 2 conductor, 18AWG stranded tinned copper and shall be Sensormatic # RPPxxxPx. 282300 -2 03/07/07 Page 292 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 282300 - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE D. Low voltage Cable Supports: Provide Caddy Cable at wide base cable supports (J- hooks) - no substitutions. Provide Caddy part number #CAT 32 series j- hooks. Provide all beam clamps, hangars, and miscellaneous installation hardware. Provide with beam clamps as required or install on threaded rod as detailed on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Open Cable Support installation: 1. Provide supports for cables. 2. Space supports no further than 7'-6" apart. 3. Provide all additional cable management products, sleeves or conduit raceways as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cables in a neat workmanlike manner. 4. Floor penetrations shall be at columns, exterior walls or equipment rooms. 5. Cable supports shall be installed as tight to underside of deck as possible using a rigid support method (Le., threaded rod, beam damps, etc) do not use ceiling wire. B. Cable Installation: 1. Cables shall be bundled using plenum rated ties 7'-6 "inches on center (at mid - span). 2. Maintain the following distances between cables and other building systems: a. One foot from fluorescent lights. b. Four foot from motors and transformers c. Three foot from hot water piping or other mechanical equipment. d. One foot from electrical conduits or other electrical equipment. 3. Remove the minimum amount of cable insulation required to complete that cable termination 4. Cable below 10' -0" AFF shall be in conduit or run-in stud cavity. 5. Low voltage cables shall be run exposed as 'open cable' in ceiling spaces and ceiling plenums. 6. Low voltage cables shall be run parallel or at right angles to building structural framework. Do not run cables diagonally across ceiling space. 7. Run low voltage cables in continuous runs from termination locations at equipment or outlet locations; splices are not permitted. Label cables at each termination. See drawings for label designations. 8. Fire seal around cables running through rated floors and walls in accordance with requirements of Section 078400. 9. Install cables per manufacturer's recommendations including but not limited to maximum tensile loading and maximum bend radius. 10. Suspend spare cable loop 12' above ceiling grid for easy access. 11. At camera locations shown below the Upper Level Stock structure, support spare cable loop tight to underside of Upper Level Stock structure. C. Raceways: Provide floor penetrations, raceways, wall penetrations, etc. not shown on the electrical floor plans but needed for the installation of cabling specified. D. Terminations and final connections to electronic equipment will be provided by Nordstrom Camera Installer. 3.2 TESTING A. Provide recorded data supporting continuity testing of each video cable. Replace all damaged and defective cables. Submit documentation to Nordstrom Security Manager. 3.3 LABELING A. Clearly label each cable at each end with a tag using Panduit self — laminating laser labels or equal. See drawings for ID descriptions. END OF SECTION 282300 -3 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. All labor, materials, tools, equipment, appurtenances, and services as necessary for a complete fire sprinkler supervisory system as indicated, in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Coordination with other trades. B. Related Sections: 1. 083323 — Overhead Coiling Doors: Electromagnetic and electromechanical releasing devices. 2. 210000 — Fire Suppression: Water flow and other supervisory switches. 3. 230013 — Mechanical General Provisions: Electrical equipment and wiring responsibilities; coordination; scheduling. 4. 23700 — Central HVAC Equipment: Duct detector housing installation. 5. 255500 — Integrated Automation Control of HVAC. 6. 260013 — Electrical General Provisions. 7. 260500 — Common Work Results for Electrical: Conduit, wiring, electrical power connection, and detectors. C. Separate Contracts: The Owner's Regional Security Manager will contract separately for the monitoring and /or maintenance of fire annunciation system. D. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. E. Substitutions: Substitute products will not be considered. 12 REFERENCES A. Comply with the requirements of the following codes, ordinances and standards: 1. Comply with requirements of the Code Authorities having jurisdiction. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), latest edition. a. 72 - National Fire Alarm Code, latest edition. b. 101 - Life Safety Code. 3. Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act as it relates to fire alarm systems. 4. All local and state codes and requirements. 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Addressable Fire Alarm Control /Communicator Panel: 24 VDC, 127 Point Addressable Fire Alarm Control panel with integral communicator, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Capabilityof monitoring and annunciating a total of 134 separately identifiable points, of which 8 are on- boards loops and 126 are off -board addressable points/zones. 2. Suitable for fire alarm, supervisory, and trouble signaling. Annunciation shall be by high intensity LEDs alphanumeric display. 3. Provision for Style B Initiating Device Circuits, Style 4 Signaling Line Circuits and Style Y Notification Device Circuits, as defined in NFPA 72. 4. System shall Include provisions for reporting each device via the DACT to a central station. 5. Auxiliary battery supply capable of supervising the entire system for twenty-four hours, followed by operation of all signaling and notification devices for at least 5 minutes. 6. Provision for automatic logging of at least 500 events. 7. Response to any change of state within 15 seconds. 8. Interface module for connection to an (Owner supplied) serial port printer interface shall be capable of field programming of alarm messages. Page 293 Section 283100 Fire Detection and Alarm D�n.rided fn Q. rilde n Cvnl.enne of IA /A Inn Cr.. ..none !`nn, Eiinne Anroe.nen+ nee un.nu I..n.... nn... 283100 -1 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 9. Connection to local 24 VDC sprinkler alarm bell(s). BeII(s) provided by sprinkler subcontractor. Coordinate with the sprinkler contractor, the location and connection requirements for the bell(s). Provide all required connection to render the bell fully operational. B. System Operation: 1. Activation of each signal initiating device causes the following to occur: a. The signal output activates either an ALARM, SUPERVISORY, or TROUBLE contact for operation of a central station transmitter. b. Audible signal in the control unit to sound. c. Indicate the appropriate zone on the alphanumeric keypad as worded on the fire annunciator zone schedule. d. All fire alarm signals automatically lock in at the control/annunciator until manually reset at the control unit and originating device is returned to normal. 2. Activation of an ALARM signal shall cause, the audible/visible notification devices to operate. The audible/visible device operation shall be interrupted or prevented by operation of the alarm silencing switch. 3. Duct smoke detectors in the HVAC system shall initiate shut down of their respective HVAC unit through hard wined connections. The duct smoke detectors shall also be monitored by the fire alarm control panel and shall cause a general alarm or supervisory signal as required by the authority having jurisdiction. 4 A ground or open on a detector loop or alarm circuit activates trouble light and audible signal at the control unit. A trouble signal shall be transmitted to the Central Station. Ground or open circuit faults shall not cause false alarms. 5. Loss of 120 volt normal building power to the control unit activates trouble Tight and audible signal at the control unit and sends a trouble signal to be transmitted to the Central Station. Provide twenty -four hour battery backup in case building power supply is lost. 6. Operation of a silencing switch on the control unit shall silence the audible trouble signal. a. Trouble Tight remains illuminated until trouble condition is corrected. b. Restoration of system to normal causes trouble buzzer to sound until silencing switch has been returned to normal. 7. A keypad entry at the control/communicator panel shall bypass hom/strobe circuits during testing and during an alarm condition. This entry shall cause the trouble signal transmitter contacts to operate and remain in the abnormal condition until the control/communicator has been restored to normal. a. Homs/strobes are disabled. b. Alarm indication remains until the alarm condition is corrected and the panel is reset. c. Restoration of system to normal shall cause the trouble signal to sound until the silencing switch is reset to normal. 8. An entry at the control/communicator pad shall bypass signal outputs to the fire alarm signal transmitter and supervisory signal transmitter. Operation of any of these switches shall cause the trouble signal transmitter contacts to operate and remain in the abnormal condition until all of the switches have been restored to normal. 9. The activation of any signal initiating device shall cause a contact closure in the fire alarm control/communicator panel and shall signal the EMCS to shut down all HVAC equipment. 10. The control/communicator shall monitor the telephone lines for integrity. Loss of signal from either telephone line shall cause a trouble signal to be transmitted on the other telephone line. 11. An open circuit fault on the data loop shall transmit a trouble signal and identify all missing alarm points. Restoration of the open circuit shall restore the system to normal. 1.4 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES A. Obtain all permits required and pay all fees for permits and inspections. B. Furnish Owner with written evidence of final inspection and acceptance by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Sections 013300 and 017700 as applicable, and as follows. Page 294 Dr....i.tnd ♦n R,.iI,4 rc Fvrhonno of WA In, Fru- imam:. rnnrfitinnc AnraamPnt .2PP www hvwa nnm 283100 -2 03/07/07 Page 295 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM B. Do not order equipment or start work until submittals have been approved by the Architect, including comments by the Architect's Electrical Engineer and the Owner's Fire Protection Consultant. C. Within 14 days after award of contract, submit two sets of product data sheets and one set of reproducible drawings to the Architect for distribution to the Architect's Electrical Engineer and the Owner's Fire Protection Consultant. Each submittal shall be complete. D. Following submittal review by the Owner's Consultants and correction of deficiencies, with resubmittals and review as necessary, submit the drawings and product data to the local jurisdictional authorities (Fire Marshal, Building Official). Revise as appropriate and resubmit corrected drawings for final review. E. Shop Drawings (ALL DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED TO BE BOUND TOGETHER AND SUBMITTED ON FULL SIZE SHEETS — 8.5"X11" AND 11 SHEETS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE): 1. SUBMIT 1/8" SCALE PLANS INDICATING THE FOLLOWING. a. Exact location of each device, including mounting height, backbox requirements, and address identification. b. Drawing legend identifying each device and piece of equipment. Also list the part number of each device and piece of equipment. c. The exact location of the duct detector remote test switch/indicator light. d. Identify the type of cable or conduit runs with conductor quantity and sizes. e. Provide detailed construction drawings of custom fabricated components. 2. SUBMIT 1/4" SCALE PLAN INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. The exact layout of the equipment in the ESA room. b. A drawing legend identifying every symbol used on the plans. 3. SUBMIT SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. All devices and equipment. b. Wiring requirements to all devices, equipment, junction boxes, remote annunciator, remote LED for duct detector, etc. c. Clearly identify the device type and location on the riser. d. Identify 120 VAC power requirements and all low voltage wiring. 4. SUBMIT DRAWING INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. Voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits. The minimum voltage (at each appliance) shall be 10 percent above the minimum operating voltage for that appliance. The starting voltage shall be the terminal voltage when the system is operating from batteries as the secondary source. b. Battery calculations clearly tabulating the standby and alarm currents for every device. Clearly show the total current, amp - hours, and required battery size. List the device description, part number and amperage of every device. c. Battery charger calculations showing the charger is sized correctly. d. Submit a complete system programming matrix, listing - in ascending order by required annunciator address number aft program point numbers or labels, and the Specification's required, or any system specific, auxiliary functions. e. Wiring diagram for interconnect to Loading dock door controller. f. Wiring diagram for duct smoke detector and remote test switch/indicator light installation. g. Wiring diagram EMCS Interconnect. 5. All shop drawings shall be generated using a CADD program. F. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data sheets of the alarm system equipment noting location within assemblies, size and wiring requirements for each item of equipment. Indicate selection and quantity of all modular components that make up the items of equipment such as controUannunciator and secondary remote annunciator. Indicate compliance with Underwriter's Laboratories listing requirements. FM approval requirements, and with local authority approval requirements, if any. G. Calculations: Submit battery calculations and voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits. The minimum voltage (at each appliance) shall be 10 percent above the minimum operating voltage for that appliance. The starting voltage shall be the terminal voltage when the system is operating from batteries as the secondary source. 283100 -3 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM H. Closeout Submittals: 1. Maintain a set of accepted drawings on the job site, with all revisions, acceptance and exception notations kept up to date. 2. At completion of the work, prior to final testing, and in addition to requirements of Section 017700, deliver two sets of the following to the Architect: a. All shop drawings, instruction sheets, catalog cuts, control diagrams, instructions, bulletins, and all pertinent information required for proper operation of each item fumished under this specification. b. A riser diagram showing all conduits, junction boxes, terminal cabinets, cables and devices, with all conduit numbers indicated. • c. Record Drawings showing all conduits, wire marking, and color codes for each conductor. d. General: All installation work is subject to inspection by the Architect and Owner prior to final inspection and inspection and acceptance. 3. Final Record Drawings shall be the previously accepted submittal drawings, corrected to actual as -built conditions. Provide one mylar reproducible and four diazo copies. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials shall have a UL label, shall be FM approved, and shalt have evidence of approval by the local authority when such approval is required. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. The installer shall have at least 5 years of successful installation experience on similar projects and shall be property licensed. 2. The subcontractor for all work provided under this Section shalt also be the system installer. Cable installation may be sub - subcontracted, but system component installation, final connections, programming, and system testing shall be performed by the fire annunciation system subcontractor. 3. The installer shall have a 24 hour phone number for emergency repair. C. Installer shall be factory trained by the fire alarm control panel equipment manufacturer in the system being installed and shall provide evidence of such at the time of the bid. D. Pre - Installation Conference In accordance with Section 01312: 1. Schedule a conference a minimum of 10 calendar days prior to beginning work of this Section. 2. Agenda: Clarify questions related to work to be performed, scheduling, and coordination. Identify dates for the Preliminary Testing and Acceptance Testing of the completed system. 3. Attendance: System Installer, General Contractor, Architect, Electrical Engineer, and other parties affected by work of this Section. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. In order to provide protection for the store and contents, complete all work and required testing and correction of deficiencies noted by 45 days before store opening. Comply with schedule issued by General Contractor; coordinate with requirements of this Section. B. Coordinate with Mechanical Contractor for furnishing of HVAC smoke detectors and connections to the EMCS system for auxiliary HVAC shutdown. C. SYSTEM TESTING SCHEDULE: 1. SYSTEM PRE -TEST CONFERENCE: The General Contractor shall conduct a pre -test conference call THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER). Participants shall be the System Installer, the Electrical Sub - contractor, the Architect, and the Electrical Engineer. The suggested agenda to include the status of the system installation and the testing requirements. 2. SYSTEM PRE -TEST: Complete the pre -test of the system with the General Contractor TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER). 3. SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST: Complete the acceptance testing of the system with the General Contractor and the Electrical Engineer ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (STORE TURNOVER). 283100 -4 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Control Equipment: Radionics D9124; or equal FCI with Silent Knight transmitter B. Devices, appliances, and wiring shall be selected from those compatible with the control equipment and acceptable to the manufacturer of the control equipment. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Control/Annunciator: Detect operation of any signal initiating device, indicate the zone by alphanumeric annunciator, operate alarm notification devices, and initiate auxiliary functions as indicated on the Zone Schedule and noted herein. 1. ControI/communicator. Shall be Radionics D9124 with D8128A OctoPOPIT Module, a D1256 Fire Command Center. 2. Enclosure Panel: Radionics D9101 Red Sheet metal endosure with hinged cover and D101 lock and key set. 3. Phone Line Connection: Radionics D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher. 4. Initiating Modules: Dual Radionics D125B Style A Initiating Modules. 5. Batteries: Radionics D126 12 VDC 7 AH, quantity as required to provide 24 hours of backup, with Dual Battery Harnesses. B. Automatic Heat Detectors: Rate compensated or rate anticipation type fixed temperature detectors rated at 140 degrees F, where normal ceiling temperatures do not exceed 100 degrees F, or 190 degrees F where ceiling temperatures exceed 100 degrees F. At LOADING DOCK doors, use rate compensated or rate anticipation detectors having a 140 degrees F or 190 degrees F rating. C. Automatic Smoke Detectors 1. Photoelectronic Type: Operate on the Tight scattering principle. Smoke at a level greater than a nominal obscuration factor of percent per foot entering the sensing chamber shall cause the detector to go into an alarm condition. Detectors shall be low voltage, solid state design incorporating twistlock plug -in head assembly, interchangeable with the ionization detector on the base assembly. Detectors or detector bases shall have a built-in alarm lamp and auxiliary contacts when used for operation of door release or other mechanisms. Detectors shall be compatible with the control equipment. 2. Duct Detectors: Photoelectric type described above, listed for use in air ducts. Provide LED alarm lamps and remote test/reset switch on ceiling for detectors above ceilings. Provide detector, install in the duct work, and connect it to the system after it has been installed. D. Provide connection to all sprinkler water flow switches, post indicator valve supervisory switches (if required), and gate valve supervisory switches. Coordinate with the sprinkler contractor and the Landlord, the location of each device. This shall indude all new wiring, devices, and connections to terminals for ALARM, SUPERVISORY, and TROUBLE signal indications for each device. E. Strobe Light/Hom: High intensity xenon flash tube at 60 flashes per minute. Flush mounted. Code 3 temporal pattern. Provide white devices unless other color required by AHJ. 1. Sales Floor. Provide ceiling mounted of decibel and candela level shown on drawings. All devices shall be synchronized. 2. Non -sales Area: Provide ceiling, pendant or wall mounted of decibel and candela level shown on drawings. Pendant mount devices shall be same height as Tight fixtures. F. Manual Pull Stations: Non -coded break -glass manual pull station constructed of red lexan with white raised letters marked 'Pull for Fin: ". Pulling alarm handle shall break glass rod and activate toggle switch causing handle to positively latch into alarm position. Momentary push -button type switches shall not be acceptable. EST #276B or equal. G. All device back boxes shall be metal and capable of accepting conduit and fittings for the wiring system. Page 297 _ . •.. a a_ ,11,w ,__ r.. ....... /•.....J a: ...... A ...... I..........w... 283100 -5 03/07/07 H. Remote Zone Annunciator: Recess mounted, dead front, with high intensity red, orange, and yellow LEDs in the same number and order as the annunciation control/annunciator communicator. Provide two lamps for each zone. The annunciator shall contain an audible alarm and an alarm audible silence switch to silence that alarm only. Locate as directed by the local Fire Marshal. 2.3 POWER SUPPLY A. 120 volt, single phase AC. 2.4 CONDUCTORS A. 120 VAC and Power Supply Connections: Copper, 12 gage minimum. B. Low Voltage Alarm Circuits: Solid copper, 14 gage minimum. C. Low Voltage Initiating Device Circuits and Signaling Line Circuits: Solid copper, 18 gage minimum. Cable shall be shielded when recommended by the manufacturer. D. Use larger wire sizes when recommended by equipment manufacturer, or necessitated by current demand. E. For wiring not in conduit, provide UL listed type NPLFP Cable multi- conductor solid copper, 18 gage. Cable shall be shielded when recommended by the manufacturer. F. All cables routed above a ceiling shall be rated for installation in a plenum. G. Low voltage Cable Supports: Provide Caddy Cablecat wide base cable supports (J- hooks) — no substitutions. Provide Caddy part number #CAT 32 series j hooks. Provide all beam clamps, hangars, and miscellaneous installation hardware. Provide with beam clamps as required or install on threaded rod as detailed on the Drawings. 2.5 FIRE ANNUNCIATOR ZONES A. Annunciator zones shall be arranged in the order shown on the electrical drawings, and shall provide the spare zones in the positions indicated. The annunciators, wiring and control equipment shall be such that the spare zones can be utilized without requiring any additional wiring or equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all components as shown on the Electrical Drawings. Fire alarm equipment shall be arranged to fit in the space indicated on the plans. B. Provide HVAC duct smoke detectors as required by the Mechanical sub - contractor. Make final connection to duct smoke detectors. Verify that the air velocity in the duct is within the range permitted by the listing of the detector. C. Coordinate and monitor all wiring and interconnection to system components, including those installed by other trades. D. Connect to waterflow indicators and valve supervisory devices. Make necessary adjustments for sensitivity and retard time on waterflow indicators and adjust valve supervisory devices as needed. E. Furnish and install all conduit, fittings, wire and cable for the fire alarm annunciation system and associated control wiring. Install cable when permitted by code. Use conduit only when required by code. Provide all conduit that is required but not shown on the Electrical Drawings. F. Install cover plates on all J- boxes. Paint covers red and permanently label covers noting zone(s) and device(s) being served. G. Provide conduit sleeves for all cabling penetrations through walls. Fire seal around all cables penetrating fire -rated floors or walls. Page 298 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 283100 -6 03/07/07 Page 299 3.2 PRELIMINARY TESTING A. Prior to the acceptance inspections and testing the Installer shall 'pretest" the entire fire alarm system to assure that equipment is properly installed and functioning in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. Request for acceptance inspection and testing will not be approved until the following items have been completed: 1. Preliminary testing has been completed and a written request for acceptance inspection and testing has been submitted to Architect. 2. Submittal of Record Drawings. 3.3 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION AND TESTING A. General Requirements: 1. Acceptance inspection and tests shall be witnessed by the Architect, the Architect's Electrical Engineer, the Owner's Fire Protection Consultant, and the Owner's Security Manager and performed before final jurisdictional testing. 2. The inspection and tests shall include operation of initiating devices and verification of annunciation, testing of supervised circuits, and operation of alerting devices. 3. The installation will be checked against the Record Drawings. 4. The Installer shall fumish testing materials and instruments. 5. The installer shall provide the Engineer with a test form which includes alarm, supervisory and control points listed individually with zone and address numbers for each point. 6. A punch list will be developed by the Project Engineer of Record. Installer shall correct punch list items within 5 working days. 7. There will be a reinspection of punch list items and any other items necessitated by corrective work. 8. If, in the opinion of the Owner, Architect, or Electrical Engineer, additional reinspections are necessary to assure compliance with the Contract, they shall be made at the Installer's expense, including fees, travel expenses, and other costs directly associated with the additional inspection. B. Tests shall include: 1. Tests of wiring for proper connection, continuity, and resistance to ground. The minimum allowable resistance between any two conductors or between conductors and ground is 10 megohms as checked by a megger after conduit, conductors, detector bases, etc. have been installed, but before the detector devices are plugged into the base or end -of -line devices installed. 2. Operation of system control and indicating components in accordance with factory recommended procedures. 3. Tests of each detector, waterflow indicator, and valve supervisory device in accordance with the factory recommended procedures to include correct operation of auxiliary functions. 4. Test and check sound level of alerting devices. Provide additional horn/strobe devices at locations that do not comply with the audible levels as determined by the local jurisdiction. 5. Check each initiating device to see that device designations are properly displayed at the Control/Annunciator and remote annunciator. C. Prepare a checkout report and submit four copies to the Architect. The report shall summarize the results of tests. D. Prepare a Fire Alarm System Certification and Description, following the format of the certificate shown on pages 12 through 15 of NFPA 72. NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM • 283100 -7 03/07/07 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER RACK (003) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 3.4 FINAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Prior to Store tumover, conduct an inspection in the presence of the Architect, Owner, Owner's Fire Protection Consultant, Architect's Electrical Engineer, and the local building or fire authority as necessary to secure full building occupancy certification. B. The Installer shall fumish all testing materials and instruments. C. If, in the opinion of the Owner, Architect, or Electrical Engineer, additional reinspections are necessary to assure compliance with the Contract, they shall be made at the Installer's expense, including fees, travel expenses, and other costs directly assodated with the additional inspection. D. Perform additional tests as directed by the local building or fire authority END OF SECTION Page 300 ^ - -- - a a_ n.:u_, r_.._4 __ _a %AIA 1.... e.,.......... P....d:+:....a• Annamman} CS/MO %WM/ !WW2 cnm 283100 -8 03/07/07 ACTIVITY NUMBER: EL07 -076 DATE: 05 -02 -07 PROJECT NAME: NORDSTROM RACK SITE ADDRESS: 17200 SOUTHCENTER PY X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued 1 DEPPA�R : 6.` .p Building Division v' Public Works ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 �.. PERMIT COORD COPY �' PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete ❑ APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 05-03-07 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUT NG: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 05-31-07 Not Approved (attach comments) LI Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: License Information License UNITEEC176M6 Licensee Name UNITED ELECTRIC CONTRS INC Licensee Type ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UBI 600496316 Ind. Ins. Account Id Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 5301 S 2ND AVE A Address 2 City EVERETT County SNOHOMISH State WA Zip 98203 Phone 4252527811 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 7/26/1983 Expiration Date 10/30/2007 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License Next License Associated License HAMMEDL979DM Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date ANDERSON, LIANNE M 01/01/1980 COMPOSANA, KAREN R 01/01/1980 HAMMER, BETTY J 01/01/1980 HAMMER, BETTY J AGENT 01/01/1980 Look Up a Contractor, Electrician or Plumber License Detail Page 1 of 2 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Electrical Contractor A business licensed by L &I to contract electrical work within the scope of its specialty. Electrical Contractors must maintain a surety bond or assignment of savings account. They also must have a designated Electrical Administrator or Master Electrician who is a member of the firm or a full -time supervisory employee. Master Electrician Information License Name Status HAMMEDL979DM HAMMER, DAVID L ACTIVE https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= UNITEEC 176M6 05/22/2007 ABBREVIATIONS A . AC AF AFF ANC ARCH AS ATS BG 8K8D SLOG MAT C C8 CKT CL CLG CO CONK CONE CONTR AMPERE AIR CONDITIONING AMP FUSE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY ARWUIECT AMP SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH BREAK GLASSALARM BACXBOARD BUILDING 3ASEMBNT CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT CENTER UNE COMM NDIT COU ONLY CONNECTION CONINUUTION CONTRACTOR DED DET DISC OISTR DL O 11 DS DWG DN EA EF DAM E MCS EIAERG EQUIP F FA FACT FLA FOIC FTV OEDICAT D GEN DETAIL GR DISCONNECT GND DISTRIBUTION HACK DAMP LABEL NORM DOWN HP DISCONNECT SWITCH FIR DRAWING MR OATANOXCE HC EACH D, EXHAUST FAN MS ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL J-BOX ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM KVA EMERGENCY KW EQUIPMENT LTG FUSE LTS FIRE ALARM MAX FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL MB FULL LOADAIIPERES MCA F 00WNERINSTALLED CONTRACTOR NC FEED SECURITY TELEVISION GUAM RHO MALa'NET1C HMO UDEN GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL JUNCTION BOXES IN WALLS SHALL BE 4' SQUARE BY 1.11r OEEP. PROVIDE 2 -114' DEEP BOXES WHERE THREE OR MORE INCOMING CONDUITS. 2. ALL ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS SHALL BE SERVED WITH INDIVIDUAL LINE, NEUTRAL. AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS. 00 NOT USE COMMON NEUTRAL OR COMMON GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR TWO OR MORE CIRCUITS. 3. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF AU. FLUSH FLOOR BOXES AND POKE -THRU DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO POURING OF CONCRETE SLAB AT GRADE OR CORE - DRILLING OF UPPER FLOOR SLABS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES LOCATED IN CEILING. 5. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES WITH INTERIOR AND NOROSTROM CASEWORK DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. VERIFY FINAL LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 6. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE GROUND PRONG UP. 7. ALL WALL MOUNTED RECEPTACLES AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE RECESS MOUNTED EXCEPT: a) WHERE SHOWN ON THE INTERIOR FACE OF PRECAST CONCRETE PANEL OR CMU BLOCK WALLS. b) WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BY NOTE TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. & ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT SHALL HAVE GROUND WIRE IN ADDITION TO CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHOWN. 9. SOME ELECTRICAL DEVICES REQUIRE PRECISE POSITIONING TO COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK AND FINISHES. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 10. ALL RECEPTACLES. DATA. VOICE AND INTERCOM OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT +18' A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. PROVIDE ENGRAVED COVERPLATE FOR ALL PRINTER. FAX. AND COPIER RECEPTACLES. 12. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. LAMPS. AND THE PRE MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FOR INSTALLATION BY THE ELECTRICAL. SUB - CONTRACTOR REFER TO THE PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 13. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN BID. COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH MANAGING AND INVENTORY OF OWNER FURNISHED LIGHT FIXTURES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE AD THE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE TO ACCOMMODATE THE DELIVERY OF THE LIGHT FIXTURE& 14. NOTE THAT OPENINGS IN RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES ARE LIMITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC SECTION 709.7. STEEL ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES THAT DO NOT EXCEED 16 SQUARE INCHES IN AREAARE PERMITTED. PROVIDED THAT WE AREA OF SUCH OPENINGS DOES NOT EXCEED 100 SQUARE INCHES FOR ANY 100 SQUARE FEET OF WALL AREA. OUTLET BOXES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 24 INCHES. 15. 16 GENERATOR GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DEVICE GROUND HEATING, MR CONDITIONING. REFRIGERATION HORIZONTAL HORSE POWER HOUR HEATER HHORIZONDY. CROSSCONNECT ISOLATED GROUND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM JUNCTION BOX KILO VOLT AMPERES KILOWATT LIGHTING EIGHTS MAXIMUM MAN BREAKER IMNIMUM mow AIPERES MAIN CROSSOONNECT OUTLET BOXES OF OTHER MATERIALS IN RATED WALL OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES ARE PERMITTED ONLY IF THE BOXES ARE TESTED AND LABELED FOR USE IN FIRE - RESISTIVE ASSEMBLES AND ARE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TESTED ASSEMBLY. INTERMEDIATE OR HEAVY DUTY CEILING SYSTEMS (MAIN RUNNER MEMBERS WITH A MINIWM LOAD CAPACITY OF 42 POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT) SHALL BE USED FOR SUPPORT OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL HAVE 12 GAGE HUNGERS ATTACHED TO THE GRID AT EACH FIXTURE CORNER AND TWO N0.12 GAGE HANGERS CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE ADDITIONAL WIRES MAY BE SLACK. FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 POUNDS AND PENDANT -HUNG FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURE BY APPROVED HANGERS. M.0 MID MTR NF NC NO OC OH P PC PR PT& POS PTR PTZ REC REFRNG RF SAW .SEC SHT MAIN LUGS ONLY MOUNTED MOTOR NON-FUSED NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN ON CENTER OVERHEAD POLE PERSONAL COMPUTER PASSIVE INFRARED DETECTOR PANES POINT OF SALE PRINTER PAWIITLTIZOOM SECJRE1YCAMERA RECEPIACLE REFRIGERATOR RAN TIGHT SATELUTE TELEVISION SECURITY SHEET SPOT SPEC SPIQR SW SWBD TEL TEMP TP TV TYP UC UINO LS V WI WU NAP XE101 0 SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW SPECFICAUON SPROMLER SWITCH SWITCHBOARD BOARD TELEPHONE TEMPERATURE TAMPERPROOF TELEVISION TYPICAL TINDER CABIN UNLESS NOTED 01HERWISE UPPER LEVEL STOCK VOLT WITH WITHOUT WEATHERPROOF TRANSFORMER PHASE ELECTRICAL LEGEND X/Y UMSR ) 1 0( IYM -1.141 IVis4.141 I J Ivas-t-toi tit Iw14.140 1 farzolos 1 Is1441 J b b v w 274' LIGHT FIXTURE WITH TYPICAL LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE DESIGNATION. X: DENOTES FIXTURE TYPE •X' Y: DENOTES VOLTAGE - *2' = 277 VAC. '1• =120 VAC DENOTES TWO 1x4'LJGI T FIXTURES REQUIRING MANYSUB WIRING CONNECTION NM PRE - MANUFACTURED WRING CONNECTION. SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE O EN IG OTES AUGHT HTIRX REQUIRING PRE - MANUFACTURED D ENOTES ALIGHHT FIXTURE REQUIRING HARDWIRE CONNECTION (MC CABLE) OPEN TUBE STRP FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE OOWNUGHT FIXTURE WALL MOUNTED INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE CELNG MOUNT EXIT LIGHT. PRCMDEARROWS WELCH DIRECT PATH OF EGRESS. SOUDAREA DENOTES FACEPLATE. WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT: PROVIDE ARROWS WHICH DIRECT PATH OF EGRESS. SOLD AREA DEINOTES FACEPLATE. WALL MOUNT SHIAL BEAT HIS' AF.F UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE E ERGENCYPATHWAY LIGHT MANUFACTURED WIRI G SYSTEM FOR FLUORESCENT LIGHTING. DISTRIBUTION BOX CONNECTOR SEE LIGHTING PLANS FOR LENGTH OF FLEXCONDUTS. CABLE MANUFACTURE D LIGHT PLANS FOR L CONDUITS. SINGLE-POLE SWITCH. +48'AFF. 1H REE- WAYSWITCH. A.F.F. M8' SWITCH OPERATES FUTURE LABELED 'a". 448'AFJi DIMMER SWITCH. a48' A.F.F. II KEVED SWITCH. .48'AF.F UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OCCURVICYSF .HSN000HTINGCONHIOUERWHHRME RPACIC ARROWS INDICATE CORECTIONTOVERAGE OFOETEC ION. SUBSpRPTVISION INDICATES MOOR AMBER- SUBSCRIPT VW INOICATE UGH! FIXTURES TO BECONTROUED BY OCCUPANCY SENSING OEVICE MOUNT EACH DEVICE AT SAME ELEVATION AS THE ASSOCIATED UGHT FIXTURES TMIER SWITCH. .4PAFF. JUNCTION BOX. 4• SQUARE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. 418' AFL UNLESS NOTED OTHER RISE FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE. +113 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE NEMACONFIGURATION TO MATCH PLUG. 4IrAF.F UNLESS /TOTED CAVERWISE. PLUGMOLD. MOUNT 20AMP RECEPIAa.ES 6 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FLUSH MULTISERVICE FLOORBOX FLUSH POKE THIRD FLUSH ROORBOX DATA /VOICE OUTLET /FOl1RPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUP. SEE DETAIL 911. SHT E302 OITA /DATA /VOICE OUTLET /DUPLEXI TACLE SEE DETAIL N41 ON SHEET E302. FOURPLEX AXLE/ DATAOUTLET/ WALL MOUNTVOICECUTIETGROUP .MOUNTVOICE OUTLET TOME RIGHT SIDE OF THE GROUP. SEE DETAIL III. SHE E302. TELEPHONE OUTLET DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUP_ SEE OETAL N11. SHE E302. FOU RPLEX FIECEPTACLEI FOUAPLEX RECEPTACLE /FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUP DATA/ VOICE CURET / CURD( RECEPTACLE GROUP. SEE DETAIL S11. SHE E-302. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE /OATANOICE OUTLET/ DUPLEX RECEPIACIE GROUP. SEE DETAIL AMDIT. E302. FOIIRPL EX RECEPTACLE / DATAI VOICE /FOIIAPLEX RECEPTACLE D ENOTES RC TACLEMOUNIEDAT+48' AFF WALL MOUNTED NTERROU OIIREL SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR MOUNTING WEIGHT. DATA OUTLET AND CABLE LABB_ PROVIDE LABELONEVERYOUTIETANDCABLE VSTALLED FORMES PROJECL Vu 1 - 1 - Ot O U T L E T . !ABEL NOIdWaES NUMBER OF LI ES AT DEVICE RUN CABLING OVERUEAD TO MC RACK AS 1 DILATED COUIRRACATIONS OUTLET WITHMIALOG LINE. LABEL INDICATES NURSER OF COMMUNICATIONS LINESAT DEVICE RUN CABLING OVERHEAD TO MC mac AS INDICATED. COMAIRICATKINS OUTLET VAM &ZOO (SHNGU_ GANG MUD RINHGAND CONDUIT RACEVOITTOACCESNOLE COMM. LABEL IDICATESMUIBER OF I ES AT DEVICE RUNT CAWING OVERHEAD TO NAC RACK ASRAMMED COMMUNICATIONS CURET WITH WAIL MOUNTING ° CKEE LABEL INDICATES NUMBER CONIAUNICATIONS LI&SATOEVICE ALLOW C CLEARANCE ON ALL4 SIDES OF BRACKET FOR RU1URE PHONE INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION. SEE S3ONSEAMY 6901. RUN CABLNG OVERHEAD TONMUCRACKAS INDICNED FTV CAME LABEL. CABLE INSTALLER TO PROVIDE LABEL AT EACH EN) OF CABLE PIZ CABLE LABEI. CAE INSTALLER TO PROVIDE LABEL EACH END OF CABLE PVMT CAERE !ABB..CABLE I I S T A L U 3 t TO PROVIDE LABBAT EACH OD OF CABLE EASCABL ELABEL.CABLENSWUSiTOPROVDELABELATEACH EN DFCAYRE 6w1- 0110 i PORT DESIGNATION PATCH PANELOESIGNA710N RACK DESIGNATION MC LIMN CR06900N11+ECT V -VOICE Va- VOCE A.WLOG L-1AN 1 P -POS. 011TACUREIAUD CAME IABB PFIGVDE MELON EVERYOURETPAIDO LE NSIALLE/ IFORTHHIS PROJECT Ay- 1- l - alrH 1 I � E 1 f 1 I ______ PORT DESIGNATION SUCH PNEL OESIGM71171 TUCKDFSIGNIITION SV sEctrinymeo RACK O a3ECTRICAL 1 NNEL OR EQUIPMENT CA/THETAS NOTED. DOa ea RECESSED AC.T. CEItUNG SPEAKER. SUBSCRIPT DENOTES ZONE. 0 RECESSED GYPSUM CEILING SPEAKER. O MICROPHONE OUTLET. © TELEVISION 0 ®m SF rE EH EDI BY ELECTRICAL OR +4 MECHANICAL. +41TAF E N(~: INSTALLED 0 4 • S FILE OXr Per.Nllt 1i0oW. _PAtklin‘ 1 4'04 C/ cm -xSa1 damaorai tees Se c r7 d aJT�: i:.;C.� /:S er s it ici WYi'Si0ll1 TRANSFORMER VOLUME F N O CONTROL BOX. 4• SQUARE DEEP WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING AF. SPEAKER - WALL MOUNTED CORRIDOR BAFFLE. ALUMINUM 2-WAY BAFFLE IOW ALF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SPEAKER - SURFACE MOUNTED O0RRDOR BAFFLE. ALUMINUM 2-WAY BAFFLE 117.O A.FF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MANUAL FIRE ALARM PULL STATION. +48'AFF PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE OETECTOR FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM PRESSURE SWITCH RATE COMPENSATED HEAT DETECTOR FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTOR. 1135 F) F9tEALARM SPRINKLER VALVE TAMPER SWITCH. SUBSCRIPT (X) DENOTES QUANTITY OF OEVICESAT LOCATION INDICATED. FIREALMRM SPRIER FLOW DEVICE. SUBSCRIPT (Y) DENOTES QUANTITY OF DEVICES AT LOCATION INDICATED. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. PROVIDE INTERCONNECT TOASSOCMED HVAC UNIT FOR AUTO SMUT OOVM OF UNIT FIRDSUOICE DAWPE RWITH INTEGRAL SMOKE DETECTOR INSTALLED BY TIE MECH. CONTRACTOR PROVIDE ELECTRICAL AND FIRE HARM CONNECTION TO EACH UHT FREMMOIE DAMPER INSTALL BY THE MECL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE 120VAC ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. LOCAL SMOKE D ETECTORS). AND FIRE ALARM CONNECTION TO EACH LINT FINE ALARWSPRII0LEFt MONMOERINNG SYSTEM HORNISTROBE. HO' A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE FIREALARNISPRINKUER MONITORING SYSTEM STROBE UGH); +61T AFT. 10 BOTTOM OF DEVICE ELECTROMAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER 4P•Or A.F.F. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DOOR INSTALLER TO HOLD DOOR N OPEN POSITION. CONNECT TO FIRE ALARM PANEL FIXED TV CAMERA CABLE DROPABOVE CEXNG FOR SIG MOUNT CAMERA FOXED TV CAMERA CABLE DROP FOR SURFACE MOUNT CAMERA. PAWTLTAZOOM SECURITY VIDEO CAMERA CABLE OROPABOVE CEILING FOR CF_LNG IIDIUNTCAAERA. EXTERIOR PAN/MT/700U SECURITY VIDEO CAMERA CABLE DROP ON EXTERIOR WALL PUBLIC VIEW MONITOR BURGLAR NJIRM BREAK -GLASS SENSOR. MOUNT N GEEING PASSIVE INFRARED DETECTOR 496' A.F.F. HOLU3IN»M.M M DEVICE. PROVIDE 1WARWIORED CABLE FROM J-BOX TO DEVICE IIOUNTEOAT UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER OR DESK ELECTRIC ODOR STRIKE SEC)RHY ALARM CONTACTS EQUPMENTCONOECT10N MAMMLMOTOR STARTER WITH MENIAL UNITS MAGNETIC STARTER. PROVIDE LOCAL HAND•OFF- AUTOMATCH D ISCONNECT- 30AMP.I-POLESAS REM- NON FUSED. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FUSEDOL900NNECT WITH DUAL ELEMENT FUSES. FUSE SIZE INDICATED ON PLANE G. 4 DEEP DOUBLE GANG BOX WITH SINGLE TEMRMURE SENSOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWSE. FURNpNED BY PSF IEC3IANI(',A, INC, INSTALLED D BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MOUNT (EWE AT4NIZ'AFJ:ATSALES FLOOR LOCATIONSAND+66•AFF- A7 BACK ROAN AREAS. SEEUEOWICALOILING &FOR LOCATIONS. SHE OELUL EIS SHE E -302. HI<RSCXH HORN. IrA.FF FORSCHH KEYPAD. 448'A.FF. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FIRE MARIA SYSTEMALIDBLEMISUALDEVICE_ ATAREAS WITH DROPCOUNG. FLUSH MOUNT. ATAREALSOPEN TO STRUCTURE PROVIDE PROPER BACKCAN AND SUPPORT WITH 3AB' THREADED ROD AT 17AFFOR SAME LEVELAS LIGHT FIXTURE HBGHR. WHICHEVER IS LOWER OENOTESIXEYNOTE CONXINCONCEME0ABOVEC LING.MSITRUCTU RE HASH WRNS IDICAIE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (a- 2HOT.1 NEUTRAL). CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW BOOR OR UNMADE HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS fa. INIT.1 NEUTRAL) RE)OIXE CONaiJIT. CONDUIT RUN'S OwHTE N WALL CONDUIT RARG UP IN NULL DLUNV DICE SYSTEM mein woe NYLON PULLCORD NALLCONDDJ Ts. PUENUM RATED SACS OOMM NICAT10NTRUNNICCABLE- RERUN RATED BICSSENSOR CABLE. MC C /IEEE - CON[EALED WHENEVER POSSIBLE SEE DETAL NI. SHE E -302. LR'Hs ITNGSYSTBII PREITANUFACTURED WRING •e =STES ;LT rt•;cs s:`i +be =adz t:. • - 5.C771: a: 3 -.7 -1 f - I '- A?DdJI� > .. - . - . - .•. �i •. '.• :rew '1' E - . - EV4 1 • 0 0 0 0 • d i o c °D 0 E•aco�n0 0>< :: ZoM a o 0 o o c w it 0 0.. 00 3 0 N 44 oZ- U) 1 - I 0 V 0 z a • UM r o Z• 0 � o Z z �• 3 � I•-_• i J r w ' U D ~ o 2 0 • 0 0 o=e�en1.• 1SSUUED I OATE S1 JPERVIT SET O3106 - - ,:7 . ADDENDUM 1 03123•ui ELECTRICAL _ . PERMIT SET 05 -01:37 E -001 FILE COPY ELECTRICAL LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES • GENER CONT FIT. APPROVED TYpc MANUFACTURE PART NUMBER UGATCUER OPAZG 105432. (VOLTA.). SO U9 2. GO 432 t BLD 3X6 NOL TAGS) t K TAE W VIP OFC109AL N3.30 NAND BALLAST SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START LAMP TYPE 'SPX. (0ST>/M#F032/830) LAMPS INSTALLED LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER MM.:ELS 432 XI(V(1.TAGE) HA. SODS LITHONIA 2%NGB432 NED 3.(VOLTAGE /1W71.136IP ELI/ 0.309. LPCA„] W NAND 133 LIGHTOIIER LITHONIA SYLVANTNOSRAM NS ANT START NOM. G 7142313 1R18 802163CL W MOUNTING 16RA00=71951 427KTBAR(VOLTAGE) GE. WLP3]SYTRW ANC SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANIA/0.AM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM 1 0SRAM Wig) INSTANT START LAMPS INSTALLED • xm INSTANT ST.T LAMPS INSTSTART MPS INSIAE{J 1-P4279. 6330.14P EOL (OSA., #CF4IDTlEAW&t0) LAMPS SEPARATE 1F42)SXI830N41 EOL ((SRAM #CF4207.1 830) LAMPS SEPARATE , #8 ((SRAM. CF42 830) LAMPS SEPARATE 1F42713l383.N/P EOL (O.. #CF42DTIER... MI. MI LAMPS SEPARATE TARO'S SEPARATE 24-32 8/5P]G9 ((SEAN #FO32830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2F3268'SPX30 ((SRAM # F03218.) LAMPS SEPARATE 2- .78/5PX3D (OSA.. F032/830) LAMPS SEPARATE LED LED 3F321 ((SRAM #.032/13.) LAMPS SEPARATE 3F3278/SPX30 ((SRAM .F03.330) LAMPS SEPARATE RI.A2 A7,8 M.AZ 7,118 #1,92 BODINE 850 SYLVAN...SRAM wSTANTSTART LITHONIA PS1490 SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START BOO NE 1650 SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANTSTPRT LTIHONIA PS1400 SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANTSTART SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANT START FIXTURE AND LAMPS PURN. BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE MANE LIGHTOLIER UGHTODER HOUSING 7142613 9012COLW MOUNTING BRACI.T 1951 IOTA.. LOTION. 42TRR SgR(VC IAGE)G ®10 1111.1 S: TRW ETA NAND LIGHTOLiHR A240 {VOrnAGE7 50.•10 LIGHTOLIER /0{VOLTAGEI�' 455,10 M1E LIGHT.LIER ARMS LIGHTOLIER WHOA. LB 232(VOLTAGE)TUSAFTP NAND LITHONIA la 232(VOLTAGE)111...14 NAND CHLORIDE LSPN -W-13-12416 LIMON. TOMS W3(0 OR R)1201277 EL N NAND LIGHTOBIER SP52GRAVB340{ VOLTAGE 1-034.39 LITHONW E LIGHTOIUER SP52GRAVB3404 1.071.GE)03EINT.D LIGHTOILIHR LITHONIA UGHTOILIER LIRIONLA URHONIA UTHON. LIGHTODER UTHONIA UGHTOUER LITHONIA 2 LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LITHON. GS 32112125( VOLTAGE) ID TUBfdIP PWS1616 LAGS.° NAND 2SPG 332112125( VOLTAGE) ITJTLEEMP ELMPWS1BM LPGSX30 NAND D PAZ620P232 VOLTAGE)50-1-G 2PM3N GB 232 MILD( VOLTAGQIUBRHP P.51036 LPG5X30 NAND 3X8 O FA2G24I7232 VOLTAGE )-SOEIAL I G13 2322410 1 VOLANSTUBRHP ELI4 PLUS 1E36 LPG.. NAND.. LITHONIA 2.3N F B2 SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANT START DPA2G24.2. CONTRACTOR .... LIGFTTOILLtR { VOLAGE)S0JG4 PLANGENT..Xa6P NAND 241.13 ( VOLTAGMTUBPAP LPGSX30 GPA2G24LP232 { VOLTAGE)50 -.15.6 FLANGE KR FL92X.S1 2.331F B 2.24LO 3X8( VOLTAGQTUBRHP ECM LPGSX30 NANm MAIN -0P.024.232{ VOLTAGE E04MU1 SU1313PA2G24169.8 R-MU2 MAN 23224LD 3X0( VIXTAGE SUB-PAWN 6 „0,,B, LP M �O NANO MAN G8232 MUD 3X8I/BR5114 LSTB LPGSX30 NAND NAND UB MAIN-0PA2GNIP232{ VOLTAGE KMEM -Mill SUROPA.24LS232L13-MU2 MAN -2PM3N G 3 ALL) 3%B( VOLTAGE )1 /4 NBA ELI4 PSW1836 LSTA11 U.SX30 NAND MAIN SUB -2PM3N G 8 2 32 241.0 3 X81 /4 TZARS L5713 LPGSX30 NAND SUB .N1NORSHPF { VOLTAGEE50.110 OPTION AT LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY) C 1 32 ( VOL)AGE)TUBRHPNAND GUARD AT LOWFR HAN ONLY) SW140RS -HPF { VOLTAGE )50-EM- 310[AWG30PTIONA7 LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY] N2( VOLTAGMTUEMPIP ELM NAND [WIRE GUARD AT LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY] SW142. -HPF { V0LTAGEES0-Y10[AW33 OPTION AT LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY( Tel 32( VOLTAGE) TUBRHP NANO [WIRE GUARD AT LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY] SW142RSHPF 02E UGHTOLIER { VOLTAGE)SO -EM,10 [AWG30PGON AT LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY( TO 132 ( VOLTAGE) TUBRHP .14 NAND (WIRE GUARD AT LO W FR HANG STOCK ONLY] BODINE 850 SYLVANIA/0.1NX INSTANT START LTTHOMA PS1403 SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVp,YIN95MM INS( 311.7.7 BODO. 650 SYLVANWO,SRAM INSTANT LITHONIA P51400 SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANIAg5R. INSTANT START SYLVANIA/OSRAM INSTANT START BODINE B50 N VLVANWOSRAM ST SARI LITHONIA P51400 SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANTSTART SYLVANINOSRAM 4- F3278 INSTANT START ((SRAM #F032 /830) LAMPS INSTALLED BODINE 060 0.32T8ISPX30 F032/830 SVLV Z (( #) INSTANSTAR� LAMPS INSTALLED LITHONIA P514W 0.F32T815PX30 INSTANT STA GRAM #.0321630) INSTANT STATiT LAMPS INSTALLED SYLVANINOSRAM t- F3TTBISPX30 INSTANT START ((SRAM #.032/830) SYLVANIAIO.SRAM INSTANTSTART BOOINE B50 SYLVANWOSRAM NST ANT ST ART LITHONIAP51400 INSTANT 87.7M INSTANTSTART SYLVANWOSPAM INSTANTSTART SYLVANWOSA. INSTANT START DODINE 050 SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START LITHONIAP51400 INSTANT STAR INSTANTSTART 3- E2785PX30 ((SRAM # F032.30) LAMPS SEPARATE 3F3278/SPX30 (SRAM #FO32 /830) LAMPS SEPARATE .3278SPX30 (°SRAM.F032/830) LAMPS SEPARATE - F32785PX30 ((SRAM #.032/830) LAMPS SEPARATE - F3278NPX30 (°SRAM. F032 /830) LAMPS SEPARATE - F22T01SPX30 ((SRAM #.0321830) LAMPS SEPARATE F327BISPX30 (SRAM #.032/830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2- F3278ISPX30 (05RAM #.0321830) LAMPS SEPARATE - F3278SPX. (SRAM IT F00 8330) 2- F32T8/SPX30 (OSA.7 .032830) LAMPS SEPARATE .32 ((SRAM # F03.830) LAMPS INSTALLED LAMPS SEPARATE 1- F32T8SPX30 ((SRAM #.032030) LAMPS SEPARATE =1=2/830) LAMPS SEPARATE ARATE ((SRAM #.032830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2- .2T6/SPX30 ((SRAM # F032/830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2- F321 ((SRAM # F032/8301 LAMPS SEPARATE - F32981SPX30 ((SRAM # F0323630) LAMPS SEPARATE F3278/SPX30 ((SRAM # F032 /830) LAMPS SEPARATE REFER TO r LIGHTING NOTE,, REMARKS 294' RECESSED FLUORESCENT, FOUR LAMPS, PARABOLIC LOUVER 2...ESSEN FLUORESCENT, FOUR LAMPS, PARABOLIC LOUVER SAME. TYPE'A', BUTADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST.. MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SAMEAS TYPE IN, BUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALL/ST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT SAME AS TYPE M., BUTADD EMERGENCY MTT ...LAST SAME. TYPE MX, BUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST FLUORESCENT WRAPAROUND FLUORESCENT WRAP AROUND SAMEASTYPE'C, BUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SAMEASTYPE'CBUTADO EMERGENCY BATTERYB/LLLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SURFACE MOUNTED IXT LIGHT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK -IM COMPLY WITH U.L. 924. MOUNTING AS INDICATED ON PLANS. VERIFY LENS COLOR SURFACE MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK -UP. COMPLY WITH .L 924. MOUNTING AS INDICATED ON PLANS. VERIFY LENS COLOR ZX4'RECESSED FLUORESCENT: THREE LAMPS. 126• LENS 1:93 VIRGIN ACRYLIC, SUPPLY WITH REGRESSED ALUMINUM DOOR. Es 2'X4' RECEED FLUORESCENT T 71:01 WITH 126LE NSDAL ALUMINUM DOOR. C,SUPPLY WRH SAME Y S T AW MINUM DOOR. BANTERS BALLAS T NI MI N EMERGENCY I MU M BATTERY 1100 LBALLAS WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SA ALLAST BIT MINIMUM LUMEN OUTPUT BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OIIIPUT 290' RECESSED FLUORESCENT, TWO LAMPS, PARABOLIC LOUVER 10/' RECESSED FLUORESCENT, TWO LAMPS, ARABOLIC LOWER SAMEAS TYPE ME, BUT ADD EMERGENCY TTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SAME AS TYPE •M " , BUT ADD, EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT 2'X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT, TWO LAMPS. PARABOLIC LOUVER MOUNT IN GWB CEILING 2X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT, TWO LAMPS PARABOLIC LOUVER. MOUNT IN GWB CEILING E AS TYPE MI, BUTANE, EMERGENCY• BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS SAME. TYPE "NE, BUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WRH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT 2 -2X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, TWO LAMPS EACH, SIMILAR TO TYPE ME EXCEPT MAIN M' FIXTURE CONTAINS 4 -LAMP BALLAST WHICH SERVES BOTH MAIN ME &SUB'S• FIXTURES, 2- 2'X4'. RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, TWO LAMPS EACH, SIMILAR TO TYPE M. EXCEPT MAIN •M' FIXTURE CONTAINS ALAMP BALLAST WHICH SERVES BOTH MAIN •M• 8 SUB'S' FIXTURES, SAMEAS TYPE •IMS', BUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT #4 #] SAME AS TYPE MM. BUT ADO EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT -.. • (1)4' `STRIP FLUORESCENT...IRE, 1 LAMP (t) 4' STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE,1 LAMP SAME AS TYPE /0 BUTADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WRH MINIMUM GOO LUMENS OUTPUT SAMEASTYPE•O•, 1 ° N EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT OT 8' STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 LAMPS WITH (1)2 -LAMP BALLAST (1) B' STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 LAMPS WRH (1)2 -LAMP BALLAST SAMEAST= 7 aUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 W MEALS OUTPUT TAME ASTYPE'O2, BLTADDEMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT INSTANT START GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR 04 04E E LECTRICAL C ONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR • GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR • GENERAL • CONTRACTOR - GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR UE UMS UMSE ZE ZMS DD YY SPARE • ST SPARE NAL, ST SPARE BAUA ST SPARE BALIA ST SPARE BALLA ST LIGHTOLIER MAINSW142120HPF {VOLTAGE }041.1 UBSW142RSHPF4L13-796 [AWG3 OPTION AT LOWER HANG STOCK ON, NWN-TC 1 32 ( VTXTAGE)1 /4 TUBRHP PLFI 7WI NAND LITHONIA MAN SU &TC 132 L1BRS 114 PLFt W2 T NANO SUB [WIRE GUARD AT LO W ER ILNG STOCK ONLYI LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER LIGHTOLIER LIGHTOLIER LIGHTOLIER LIGHTOLIER LIVE EN 914BWH D FEED LIGHTOLIER LIGHTOLIER LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER LIMON. LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER... LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER LITHONIA LIGHTOLIER • LITHONIA PHOENIX PRODUCT CO, ALKCO GE BOOINE OR LITHONUI MAINSW142RSHPF{ VOLTAGE }04EMiK1 SUBS W 142R.HPF-LB -796 [AM. OPTION AT LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY] MAIN -TC 132 ( VOLTAGE ib AIBRHP E1I4 PLF1lW1 NAND MAIN SUB -70132 UBRS 1/4 PLF1 TAM NAND SUB [WIRE GUARD AT LOWER HANG STOCK ONLY) LIGHT TRACK 9108WH GRID CEILING CLIPS 9189 VARIABLEANGLE CONNECTOR 9153WH IN4JNFJ'L' CONNECTOR FEED 915MNH MINI - COUPLER 9149WH SINGLE DIRECTION CANOPY FEEL 9196WH VRAIG8LS240 AVOLTAGE}SO -W9 PM3G A 232 OLD( VOLTAGE) TUBRHP OFC309A LPGSX30 NANO VRAI GAS240 -( VOLTAGEES0£M439 PM3 GA 23291.0 ( VOLTAGE ) TUBRHP EL140.03091 LPGSX30 NAND MAIN -YAM G8.240KOLTAGE }04{X4 SURVITAIGAS.240-Le{K5 MAIN -PM3 G 32 OLD( VOLTAGE )114 TUBRHP LSTA3 (1.3001 LP36.0 NAND MAIN SUBFM3 GA 2 32 91.0 L/BRS 1/4 L570 LPG.. NAND SUB MAIN- VRAIGAS2404 VOLTAGE 10.J.1.4 SUBVRAIGBLS24040.5 MAIN -PM3 GA 329LD( VOLTAGE)1/4TUBRHP ELI4 ISMS 13.3.1.1- 000 NANDMMN %K PM3 GA 2 32 91.0 LAIRS 1/4 LEM LPGSX30 NAND SUB CSM230R.F1PF( VOLTAGE),S0,10 SIN 225( VOLTAGE) TUBRHP NANO CS M230RS -HPF( VOLTAGE }SO-ENIAN O SM225( VOLTAGE) TUBRHP ELI4 NAND CSM220RSHPF{ VOLTAGE ES0Y10 SM21]1 VOLTAGEJTUBRHPNAND CSMI4ORSHPF -( VOLTAGE 1-.60-110 SM 132( VOGTAG0110RHP NAND MAN- CSM230RSHPF-( VOLTAGE 1-04-LK3 SURCSM230RSHPFLB-M6 MAINS,/ 225( VOLTAGE )1/4 TUIT.P.1 NAND MAIN SUBSM 225 LIARS I /4.2 NANO SUB • DL- IN0.420V-W G1/DLA2 -ARM LINCS100- ES- F33ECRWL- PCM -9CFAS NEEDED) MAGNETEK" MAGNETEK MAGNETEK MAGNETEK' 13001. 650 OR LATH ON IA P51400 SYLVANINOSRAM ELECTPONIC INSTAMSTART SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT BODINE 1650 SYLVANIANSRAM INsrANTSTARr LIMON. PS1400 SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START BODINE BOO SYLV,4NI ' INSTAMSTART M L.014.P51400 sttvANI kW INSTANTSTART SYLVANWOS - INSTANTSTA SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START BODINE B50 SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANT ST ART LITHONIA PS1400 SYLVAIWOSRAM INSTANTSTART SYLVANINO.SRAM INSTANT START SYLVANWOSRAM INSTANTSTARi eomNE esa SVLVANIAIGSRAM NSTANTSTART - LITHONIA PS1400 SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT.... SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SYLVANINOSRAM INSTANT START SVLVANWO INSTANTSTA RT RAPID START 4-LAMP RAPID START • 3-LAMP RAPID START LAMP RAPID START 1 -LAMP RAPID START 1 -LAMP RAPID START 4- F328/SPX30 SRNS.032J830) LAMPS SEPARATE 4-F3278/SPX. (OBTAIN #F0321830) IMPS SEPARATE 4- F3278/SPX30 ((SRAM 9.032030) LAMPS SEPARATE 4- F32./SPX30 (OS...032830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2-F32T&SPX30 ((SRAM #F0326J0) LAMPS INSTALLED 2- F32TMSPX30 ((SRAM #.032.30) LAMPS INSTALLED F32TBS30 (OSRM1 #.0 LAMPS INSTALLED 2- F3278/SPX30 (05RAM #.032830) LAMPS INSTALLED 4- F32785PX30 ((SRAM #.032/830) LAMPS INSTALLED 0.5 CONRAN 1.032/830) LAMPS INSTALLED 4- F32T815PX30 ((SRAM i/F032/830) LAMPS INSTALLED 0.F327111ISPX30 ((SRAM 8E032/830) LAMPS INSTALLED 2- F26119SPX30 ((SRAM #.0251830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2- F251 ((SRAM .F026 /830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2- F261 ((SRAM #F025/830) LAMPS SEPARATE OSIT.A 85PX3 ((SRAM #.02 41830) LAMPS SEPARATE ZEITT8/SPX30 ((SRAM .F017 /830) LAMPS SEPARATE 2- F1778/SPX30 ((SRAM #.017/830) • LAMPS SEPARATE 2F1] . 030 ((SRAM #F02L830) LAMPS INSTALLED 2- FI779/SPX30 ((SRAM .F025 /830) LAMPS INSTALLED 4- .578ISPX30 LAMPS SEPARATE 0.F2578ISPX30 LAMPS SEPARATE 1- 90PAR/H.25120V (GE M7451) LAMPS SEPARATE 8W/13W T -5 FLOORESCENT 111, 191, 10,13, MI #1#2#6 #9 #i, #2, 116,119 112.1. #1,#2, #9 #1, #2 #10 #1, #1 0 -. W. STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE W10 1(1) LAMP BALLAST AND O. SUB WITH NO BALLAST. TOTAL LENGTH 16' (1) 8' STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH j H LAMP BALLAST AND (1) 8' SUB WITH NO BALLAST. TOTAL LENGTH 16 SAME AS TYPE NW. BUTADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SAME E'O4•, X„ EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WRH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS ourPLT SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT TRACK. INSTALL W/ CLIP FOR TSAR INSTALLATION & CLIP FOR GWB MOUNTING, SEE NOTE M. 8'NOMINALTRACK MEASURES T'-9' EXACT LENGTH. INCLUDED WITH ONE 5643017H DEAD ENO COVER. PROVIDE THREE PER B' LENGTH OF TRACK. SEE NOTE M. PROVIDE AT EACH CORNER CONNECTION ON SALES FLOOR PERIMETER TRACK, IN DRESSING ROOMS, AND ON CORNERS AT GWB CEILINGS ONLY, SEE NOTE M. PROVIDE ONE PER FEED POINTATACTCEILINGS WHERE 809615 USED. SEE NOTE #1. PROVIDE ONE PER FEED POINTAT GWB CEILING LOCATIONS. SEE NOTE #1. PROVIDE AT EACH B' LIGHT TRACK JUNCTION WHERE FEED POINTS DD NOT OCCUR. SEE NOTE 41. PROVIDE ONE PER FEED POINTATACT CEILINGS WHERE SINGLE DIRECTION FEED IS REQUIRED, SEE NOTE .1. MN RECESSED FLUORESCENT LAMPS WITH 0- CELL PARABOLIC LOUVER. GRID CEILING, 1'X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LAMPS WITH 8- CELL PARABOLIC LOUVER. GRID CEILING. SAME AS TYPE . 11 . . BUT EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SAME AS TYPE /11/, BUTADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM GOD LUMENS OUTPUT 2 -1'X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, 2 LAMPS EACH, SIMILAR TO TYPE •U• EXCEPT MAIN ME FIXTURE CONTAINS AMP BALLAST WHICH SERVES BOTH MAIN " 4 -L SUB "S' FIXTURES. GRID CEILING 2 -1'X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, 2 LAMPS EACH, SIMILAR TO TYPE 61 EXCEPT MAIN ME FIXTURE CONTAINS4 -LIMP BALLAST WHICH SERVES BOTH A MN /WAND SUB •S• FIXTURES. GRID CEILING SAME. TYPE /UM, BUTADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT SAME AS TYPE MN , BUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT 36• FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP LIGHT MOUNT FIXTURE TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF MEZZANINE STRUCTURE BETWEEN STRUCTURE JOISTS MOUNT DIRECTLY TO DECKING' 36' FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNT RXTURE TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF MEZZANINE STRUCTURE BETWEEN STRUCTURE JOISTS - MOUNT DIRECTLY TO DECKING SAMEAS TYPE T, BUT ADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS. OUTPUT SAME AS TYPE Z•, BUTADD EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST.. MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS OUTPUT 4'FLURESCENT2LAM i MOUNT STR TOUNDERSIDEOFMEZZANINE STRUCTURE S CTUREETWEEN NCTURE JOISTS - MOUNT DIRECTLY TOpECKICHiNG 24• FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP LIGHT FIXTURE, MOUNT FLXTURETIGHT UNDERSIDE OF MEZZANINE STRUCTURE BETWEEN STRUCTURE JOISTS - MOUNT DIRECTLY TO DECKING 24' FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP LIGHT FUTURE MOUNT FIXTURE TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF MEZZANINE • STRUCTURE BEA W EEN STRUCTURE JOISTS - MOUNT DIRECTLY TO DECKING 24" FLUORESCENT 2 LAMP LIGHT FIXTURE. MOUNT FIXTURE TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF MEZZANINE STRUCTURE BETWEEN STRUCTURE JOISTS - MOUNTOIRECRYTOOECKING 2 -36' FLUORESCENT FIXTURES WITH 2 LAMPS EACH, SIMILAR TO TYPE W/ MAIN BALLAST IN MA NSUR' WIRING SYSTEM 236UORE CENT FIXTURES WRH 2 LAMPS EACH ' SI IN MAI OTYPE I IXCEPT MAIN BALLAST IN'MAINSUB "WIRING SYSTEM WALL MOUNTED...57.LE LIGHT FIXTURE. PROVIDE WITH WIRE LAMP GUARD. MOUNT FIXTURES 415-8 ARP. SEE NOTE #1, 36' UNDFRCOUNTER FIXTURE WITH FLEXIBLE POWER CORD (PCM), AT THE COUNTING ROOM, BREAK ROOM, AND WORKAREA, PROVIDE ONE AMIURE W.A POWER CORD (PC. AND FLEXIBLE INTERCONNECT CORDS (ICF) FORTHE REMAINING FIXTURES TO TANDEM WIRE EACH GROUP OF FIXTURES, AT EACH U. LOCATION, PROVIDE ONE SWRCHED GUPLEX RECEPTACLETO CONTROL LIGHTS AS SHOWN ONTHE PLANS PROVIDE QUANTITY OF 20, TURN -OVER TO MAINTENANCE MANAGERAT PROJECT COMPLETION PROVIDE QUANTITY OF 8. TURN -OVER TO MAINTENANCE MANAGERAT PROJECT COMPLETION PROVIDE QUANTA', OF 20. TURNOVER TO MAINTENANCE MANAGERAT PROJECT COMPLETION PROVIDE QUANTITY OF 4, TURN -OVER TO MAINTENANCE MANAGERAT PROJECT COMPLETION PROVIDE QUANTITY OF 10. TURN -OVER TO MAINTENANCE MANAGERAT PROJECT COMPLETION LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY VOLTAGE OF ALL FLUORESCENT BALLASTS. 2, PROVIDE ELECTRONIC BALLAST FOR ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES. 3, MANUFACTURER'S LABELS ON ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE FROM THE FLOOR - 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACT.. TO PROVIDE WIRING BETWEEN ALL MAIN "M" FIXTURE BALLAST AND ALL SUB "S" FIXTURE LAMP SOCKETS- PROVIDE MINIMUM SIX WIRES IN CONDUIT, COORDINATE EXACT TYPE AND NUMBER TO MEET BALLAST MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE LENS COLOR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AND DOUBLE FACE PLATES AS REQUIRED TO CLEARLY IDENTIFY PATH OF EGRESS. MOUNT EXIT SIGNS AS FOLLOWS: a. AT LOCTURE. ATIONS BENEATH UPPER LEVEL STOCK, MOUNT TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUC b, AT ACT LOCATIONS, MOUNT TO CEILING. c. AT WALL MOUNT LOCATIONS ABOVE DOORSWAYS, MOUNT AT d AT STOCK ROOM LOCATIONS, MOUNTAT +B"- 0 "A,FF, OR AS REQUIRED SUCH THAT SIGN IS IN LINE-OF- SIGHT, 6, PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY COORDINATE THE LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH THESE SYSTEMS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL UNITS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, DUCTWORK, FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS, HANG RODS, AND STOCK SHELVING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AS FOLLOWS: a. LIGHTS IN CONFLICT WITH DUCTWORK SHALL BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE BELOW DUCTWORK, MINIMUM HEIGHT +8' -0 "ABOVE DECK, LIGHT FIXTURES IN BACK ROOMS WHICH ARE NON -STOCK AND OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE CHAIN SUSPENDED TO MOUNT AT +10'-8" A,FF, ALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN STOCK ROOMS SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO NOT OBSTRUCT SPRINKLER HEAD SPRAY PATTERNS. WHEN SPRINKLER HEADS AND LIGHT FXTURES HAVE CONFLICTING LOCATIONS, ADJUST LIGHT FIXTURES TO ALLOW MINIMUM 1" CLEARANCE HORIZONTALLY, LIGHT FIXTURES IN STOCK AREAS SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY CHAIN SUSPENDED b, e. OR CHAIN SUSPENDED USING 'MAW BACK SUPPORT IN CONTINUOS ROWS THE HIGHEST HANG ROD OR SHELVING U WHENEVER POSSIBLE MOUNT FIXTURES NI T IN HEIGHT OF 12 "ABOVE NI IN EACH ROW. AT LOWER NG STOCKND LWER SHOW STOCK MOUN FIXES TIGHT TO UN OF A STRUC AND OFF -SET FROM T CENTER TUR OF AISLE TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS, AT THE LOWER HANG STOCK, MOUNT FIXTURES DIRECTLY BOTTOM M OF DECK SUPPORT BEAMS, AT LOWER SHOE STOCK, MOUNT FIXTURES DIRECTLY TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK BETWEEN SUPPORT BEAMS. THE ELEC, CONACTOR SHA REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT, ANY LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS THAT TR MAY BE IN CONL FLICT WITH COMPONENTS INSTALLED BY THE OTHER TRADES. FUTURES SHALL BE RELOCATED AT THE ELEC. CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 7. FOR EACH UNSWITCHED EMERGENCY LIGHT FUTURE, THE ELEC. CONTRACTOR A THE ASSOCIATED UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR,NOT CONTROLLED AL POW TACTOR, SH TO LL THE A WITHIN EMERGENCY BATTERY (VI (RING O THE NORMAL POWER WI BALLAST WITHIN EACH FUTURE. PROVIDE WIRING TO BALLASTS AND TEST SWITCH AS RECOMMENDED BY BALLAST MANUFACTURER. SEE DETAIL i19 ON SHT E -302. 8- FOR EACH EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULED TO BE SWITCHED, THE ELEC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR, NOT CONTROLLED BY A CONTACTOR, TO THE ASSOCIATED EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST, AND A SWITCHED CONDUCTOR TO THE NORMAL POWER AC BALLAST WITHIN EACH FIXTURE. PROVIDEWIRH TO DE ASTSAND TEST SWITCH AS RECOMMENDED BY THE BALLAST MANUFACTURER. SEE DETAIL #9 ON SHT E -302 B. ELEC. CONTRACTURES TOR SHALL PROVIDE LATERAL SIESMIC SUPPORTS FOR ALL CHAIN HUNG STRIP FIX 10. ELEC, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HARDWIRE INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN "MAIN "AND 'SUB FIXTURES. 11, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT THE LOCATION FOR THE EMERGENCY TEST SWITCH AND LAMP. 12, CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE D PROV COMPLETE INSTALATIO, N MOUN T IN G AND CONNECTION COMPONENTSTO AN RENDER LIGH T TRACK FULLY OPERATIONAL. BE(KIVED C)TYOFTUKWIIA HAY 021007 PEBpMGENTER LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND NOTES E -002 ISSUED /REVISED DATE BID /PER. SET 03 /06 /07 ADDENDUM t 03/23/07 ELECTRICAL PERMIT SET 05/01/07 _-_. 0 . o WIRINGS STEM FOR 1'X4' EA. GENERAL NOTES FOR . VV W NU " Y I tM FUR 1'x4' LKiH l LIGHT FIXTURES IN THIS AR FIXTURES IN THIS AREA SEE III SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR REQUIREMENTS. REQUIREMENTS. - --- • --- - - -- -" --- ITO LIGHT FIXTURES AND 'SWITCHING WITHIN ROOM (TYPICAL) L. - - -- ._._.L --- _ -_ I O UNSWITCHED TO THE EMERGENCY BALLAST AND A SWITCHED LEAD TO THE NON -EMER. BALLAST. SEE .DETAIL #9 ON SHEET E -302. CT FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING STUBBED O BRANCH IRCUI ELECTRICAL SUB - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH DEVELOPER. RACK ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND BRANCH CIRCUT INDICATED TO SERVE LIGHT FIXTURES. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUITING INDCA 0 LIGHTINGATUPPER LEVELSTOCIKAREA. ED UP TO SERVE ® JUNCTION BOX FOR PRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING FEED - POINT TO SALES FLOOR LIGHT FIXTURES. LOCATE J -BOX ON BACK VERTICAL WALL ABOVE CEILING. O D PROVIDE SHALL POWER UP MOTION SENS POWER SOURCE DEVICE. EVICE OR TO A MAX. TOTAL OF (4) SENSORS. SENSOR(S) SHALL SERVE ONE SWITCHING ZONE INDICATED BY THE BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING EACH ZONE. 1. LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPLIER SHALL FURNISH APRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM FOR THE 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT THE SALES FLOOR, AND SALES VESTIBULE AREAS. LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPLIER SHALL FURNISH A PRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM FOR THE X LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE DRESSING ROOMS. SUPPLIER SHALL PERFORM M LI GHTING TAKE -OFF AND PROVIDE DETAILED PRE - MANUFACTURED WIRING INSTALLATION SHOP DRAWING. 2. ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM FURNISHED BY THE LIGHTING SUPPLIER. CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL LIGHTING SYSTEM 3. PRE - MANUFACTURED LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO ACCOMMODATE THE BI -LEVEL (A/B) SWITCHING IN THE DRESSING ROOMS. 2[Evuln . a.oa e 11:'GF - III�772 ti I .3.0 1 �xfIk11 ® ii /- .'Qib9„i:F61.�LLt __ ® NMI i ®1 . . o w i i I- '' U 2 .. - A 2 � . ®i11t�1- • ■M- f - -6 i- . O 1(yl A -6.8 -1s A -fi LC.�i" --i .ems 11.11,1 A -1 bI S A - 1 1 111 11.�1. ®fii ilk . �1 1 f� 1111 mpg I - _ - � •9 II � �II�l.If71 A-15 A-T5 4 . �1 � =EiNiaa ■Ib ' II � � �� Mil D ra . • ISPRINK SPRINKLER ��1 ��WI�,77 it t � C . � 1m ��..IPlir� .9r . EIE1E u _ , o .'���r' a b 1 �� '1�©�6 I . y ,®' M�. � w I j�.`9`p. III =1 � 1 III ®� 's . . 1- .a M I wa �� Ir -fit. vur-- a �w.H1•� 1�� ®�� -_ 7Ii'IIIF7r'l�. L'OI'+�• � A IF7 1..1�L p � ■ . N �� .LLL a1 ■ �a rp 1 1, �'n I.IN .�1 °dL"1q�VI1 L .►�y,`.v. !' � ►t9 :ta[rRl , .pnL `FbTf1� 7�I.a ri • • S_,_e�li4 BL 1����� 11 1 e ° Z� D ■■ ■■ ■■ i .tai hr l � •�.ti7.a a6•'e:c�l' �� -. . _ ,;t".� L � bent _ {'1 � = ry -i - �T�� 5:71��.�111op►,iG,R� tasr IV- Q N N . i,ffiski e 1 I. i 11 !ELECTRICAL i � A- 9. - 11.13 ■■ - - - - -1 - - - - -- -- -�I� ! I A-4I A-4 A -e �0 -� .��fi0�� -- - - 1 -��r� II.YIi7�..�Yfi1..fY ®� ®--- .111CM -- 1'� -- -0■ - I 11.17= tnlir� =fL��� ��1MWEM�i�r =O1t■■•111M■1311111E1 M a7 = ������IIII" t��� ! ■ © _ g i. L �f.IN 0 -- E ■ 1 ,' L- ■p, � � ®E.- - ®- --- i--- i - - -1> ...miz -. __c.� 1 _• _ ic'1I[.rR . ite���e 1 III �m .- ---- --- t1�--- fL�- ■1 -■ 1 � I 1 i I' -i � : �. � ��Jll111 1` i ii 1 A_4 ����a-�IM�- I . I A-4 A-8 �-- ®1♦--��01� -- ®-- �17- --e :, iG1 . 1. limb 1e''e"� -. � ! ■ 11b.a --1� -. '-- • 11 , i I Aa . aEa 'S i ®--- © - - - ©1- C■- ©-e 1�- y�...` 'ACTURED 1i..... IN THIS NOTES • A -2-'Y ,-; 0- A-21 1 A -6 - 01nE- p■ -� -- - -■1- -- -1, m- MAl aO 9 1 I _._. L._._._._._ aim �- -13113 ii-- Ii�ii�111111 f��itMii�il%i ®Mill iii1 �® II .• : . - wmiamm i• mElmi- - - --i- ■ � IIm I■ - �N ! ' ®cw-- 'I 11 .- -��- -�--- m - - -��- -- -� - - - - -■ '- I J 'I � ' =. I I r --- -- -�---- ---im- _ '!L� MIMI , -- ��_- -Ma lIMMI• - � ��. -��. �iii -1 rI uI 1�� . N - -■■ MMIBM - --- IEMIEd.M.I ■- A_y ll h i ■ _ ®--� ' �� « I' - - - n . ,...® Kr' . 1 i !I'al • ' Mrna ®■a - �- ■= mi �MM L1CJmm ®-- - G: 4 ® - IN ! � S, .fi _.,,._ - �11 I vw ' IE1111 i C'I I-- 1-- ®- 1=0- i■ ■-- 1a-- -i-- i II1M1III ! < Q 3 ° I 1 -- - -ti�0- -- -- ■ ■■LIRi II MIN-33I� -iI:R 1111 -- 1 -iii■- ME s. - d IONS Vii! _ l i � - 1I1L ■i--- i.■-- i0- i-- ■■i-- i--- -i -■ ■- Cii '1ri' �-; '��-r� I - M ° ■ - i■■- -aiWirall11 i--■ai■•r.i. .... ..L■LI_.�..�Irll n P I 1- i ■■- -U-- ■■-- �M-- �---o ■-�...= _■_MI_- 10MEM•1� ■--.■ - -- --- ■■.■-�I•- -�---1i =MIMIN.EI =MM ,MM =Mop 1 I I o m _ ii a' s � I II II li LI I 11 �.■ 'ate- -- i- --- - --- m- -■ -■ ■�-- IX■-- W�-- i--- -� -i - ■•- .1 3 - ■I■ ■-- ■ ■ ■- - ■�L-- -■Ic- .gym -Fa ■( - --�- - - _�-- -� - ■ ■- ■ -0 13 ! ■ -�■■ -- --- i- - -■r-I .� ; I�®I i i® ®t�i■■.�im iiliiiiiii a rm - z A - �1� ®m■ -ifi a - l�� i i.ars� m.-M --i - -- lam-- i■i ■ -■ ! L � n A 1 ■-■ A 1 Ir! II i ® �1a- -- --- 1 '' - -- -- i'-- - - = - -- ■ -] , , 1 \ I ' I - 1 \ 1 - ;? ! it i� T ' L. J I =em ®-mailmmmi im■■.� �mmli ■ - -- ■_h --- ��-- 1� - --1�- 'A.16 !�� ∎. .9- III I 1 I -" I .' ,t. I I ■ _0�--- ------- ■ ■. ■- ®-- -� -- �= 11�■ NE=1 /M1�- ®-- -IIf■■■. - 11■li-- fifi - -- ■- ■ -■ = - -� Ird1 ujIIII' Mrr slim N ■ 1. UM i� U- -I� I A- D--- i--- i- ■ ■- eo -�Ji= ;_ I 11 1 6� j II ._. i 0ommu 1 m�--- ia-- ■■�-- mcw- - - la-- ■I' ' IL .rte - ■- ■- I- a .- - - -.. - M -i - i- ■■- i- - -�- I A • A-4 •-- ��IM .:G.�- -�.�ww_� �LLJ1!■■1 �� p1�i A -12 _- EIS- ® I l_ � - -7 u �1N-- i--- II■■■■-1ii■- 21■orr■---�r ■- �0 =-�-- ® -� © 11 E ?0 -2 © A -2 7 rr ._ na�.rr_r_I � �-- 1M1 I■------ - -�- ■�IMIEI■- -- - �■ ■■v1- -NI ■.I- -- ■■I----- -KIM - -- IONI 1I�II1� - 1�- ®- - -� ■I'34a ■ ■-- -1 -1 ■3•�nril�ll■�.'OINM - -- ' . ■ ;i1 - T. -.. -- d I._..�I �I �I '' - i - -_ E' 0 I 1 ' .. IN HIS : I I F�1 6■� .r " 11i°- - -- I�rr■- x111- -- 1111 1�-- 1----- ■ ■ ■■- ®--- ®- - ®0■ -� ...*:r C,∎ ∎I = I1 = 'i - 9�� E I I- a II 11 11 -- ©1•1 - ®■ ■1- - -- - - - --.. -1:9 �■- MIIMM I--- - MTRIEL --�®-- M -.© INIM A -2 I A -6 I A- 0 -- I a r_ - - - - -- 1 .• l = = = - __ ■I it i- -- k�� 1 � ;I�-1-- -L I■1.= ::® �1111� ■ ■E31iI1311�111N : ®�1a1�■ ■� .■ 1� - 111■ -1: -:. ■11 orn 1:em11�1111 mamII:•V • 11 R 1 L_ .. 1-i--- i-- -■ir■-i■ii- --Iii- ■■- A- - -- 1121--- I©KI■■- 1 ENiaMano 1��-- ©--- 111�ior�-- i--- o-r1■i• 0 ` `iimm. �i-- E�--- /Mt■■-INIMEN3M11■.11�E11IER, ��L���■! C---- �- i - m ■ 1 i1 I li l I� � ■® ∎Im� a■--ari-■■AI■■cE-0■-�o ∎ ri - I-- II -MI i--- ®- --- i-- ,0■ - -I� �. 1ifi -®� - - ©�-_ = . 111MKr11 a 11©1111 : �1111I1I-I �Ca1.11NU llI III 1� 1E I■I 1 17-a 11iMM= 1�1111..1. II•■II• 11 ni 1 ■I 1 1 I IW HO - • 1IM1- -0- 1.111U $ ' 1�1NViWIIII F� INIO--- - -1r�- 111111 =E•111.h �11�IU1.11�nII•II 1. X1.11. =111=11■ 1 - V e '- T- - LiiL - 'ANAL . •11L'�iu�IMMINIMINI INFAIM 1P9NERIMIR ■11 ■11 - 111.•11- IEMIN 1111C■1111I111 E MI5 �� _ _ i- 1- 1- i--- i-- 1W -Mi1. 111'1 11■ 11 - 1111011- 111■ IL8 ■ -17( b ) A- . 7(b A- 17(b) ■ I MIliaMMENE 9 ®-- �f�7 1 1 (MINIM 1lMIii` MIME O- ®- 1- MIN•l-- 1- ©--- -i---i-1.11= ©-- `�r�111INVOI III 11111111 III1Mh 1M�INIMMIR11.1'- IMII 11.1 MEMIII ©III■ 1 11■ •. VP. =m■m !�i ©u 1i -1 - (b) A E MEMEI MINIMIIIMM.uIIIIII - -6 A_,7® mumcni - - - - - -i_ I■ 1m11mimmilmium11mmum11A I�11�11�I�11.11> inim1I1 ®I A- (b) L17(b) ,OO6A(b) A- 1 7VING A -,7 @) 0 , . -- a�- 1�1- OIO 1- --t ---i1m�rri�111�017�71iifiiuiu, ti�fiiHU.11 IOli n- 1117-�ni1ic]i �1I€ iI - � LI4::f:�lz'�If l -I I " II ' E� a !i1--- i--- ES- ■(11•1III•IIMIIIx1- 1111 .11111111.■1�11111- 11M1111�11 ■ LiOL,LI1NEWi11 mmtam IM ' m ,1 INII - -- -i -- II ∎11■ 1 i IJLiL1�,IUM - • . i • . I; ei■. ' �- - -� 1 11 - -� . emu l �,��.�� .,,_��.�.�: �» MIME -- .� ��� _�,,, I I I I I I i I I I I I i I I I i I I I I I I I i I 1 PRE - MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM GENERAL NOTES GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES: LIGHTING SHEET NOTES: 1. PROVIDER HOT, UNSWITCHED C01iy.iuCTOR TO EACH EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST (UNIT EQP.) WITHI EVERY EME RGEC LIGHT AND EXIT FIXTURE. THIS CONDUCTOR UI SHALL BE F ROM THE SAME LIG TING BRANCH CIRCUIT AS THAT SERVING THE NORMAL LIGHTING IN THE ASSOCIATED AREA. 2. IF PRE - MANUFACTURED INTERCONNECTS ARE NOT PROVIDED WITH THE STRIP FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES, UTILIZE THE LIGHT FIXTURE ( LISTED RACEWAY ) AS A RACEWAY FOR CKT. CONDUCTORS IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC 410 -31. PROVIDE BRANCH CKT. CONNECTION TO ALL FIXTURES. 3. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT THE SALES AND STOCK AREA SHALL BE NIGHTLIGHTS - CKT. TO NORMAL BALLAST SHALL BYPASS CONTACTORS AND OCCUPANCY SENSORS 4. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED ABOVE UPPER LEVEL SHOE STOCK SHELVING SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 12" ABOVE SHELVING. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTE #6 FOR ADDITIONAL MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS. 5. PROVIDE WIREGAURDS ON EACH ROW OF STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURES LOCATED IN HANG STOCK AREAS BELOW THE UPPER LEVEL STOCK. 6. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL OPERATE AS N IGHT LIGHTS - UNSW I . CHED. O UNSWITCHED TO THE EMERGENCY BALLAST AND A SWITCHED LEAD TO THE NON -EMER. BALLAST. SEE .DETAIL #9 ON SHEET E -302. CT FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING STUBBED O BRANCH IRCUI ELECTRICAL SUB - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH DEVELOPER. RACK ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND BRANCH CIRCUT INDICATED TO SERVE LIGHT FIXTURES. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUITING INDCA 0 LIGHTINGATUPPER LEVELSTOCIKAREA. ED UP TO SERVE ® JUNCTION BOX FOR PRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING FEED - POINT TO SALES FLOOR LIGHT FIXTURES. LOCATE J -BOX ON BACK VERTICAL WALL ABOVE CEILING. O D PROVIDE SHALL POWER UP MOTION SENS POWER SOURCE DEVICE. EVICE OR TO A MAX. TOTAL OF (4) SENSORS. SENSOR(S) SHALL SERVE ONE SWITCHING ZONE INDICATED BY THE BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING EACH ZONE. 1. LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPLIER SHALL FURNISH APRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM FOR THE 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT THE SALES FLOOR, AND SALES VESTIBULE AREAS. LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPLIER SHALL FURNISH A PRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM FOR THE X LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE DRESSING ROOMS. SUPPLIER SHALL PERFORM M LI GHTING TAKE -OFF AND PROVIDE DETAILED PRE - MANUFACTURED WIRING INSTALLATION SHOP DRAWING. 2. ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PRE- MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEM FURNISHED BY THE LIGHTING SUPPLIER. CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL LIGHTING SYSTEM 3. PRE - MANUFACTURED LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO ACCOMMODATE THE BI -LEVEL (A/B) SWITCHING IN THE DRESSING ROOMS. ISSUED /REVISED DATE BID /PERMIT SET 03/06/07 ADDENDUM 1 03/23/07 OF COL of coy. OF coy % OF P.WEL . - -_ -- OUTS®E FALE PROVIDE PRE -MANUF WIRING SYSTEM FOR 20(4' LIGHT FIXTURE AREA. SEE GENERAL FOR REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE PRE -MANU WIRING SYSTEM FOR 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURES AREA SEE GENERAL FOR REQUIREMENTS. - MANUFACTURED I PROVIDE PRE - MANUFACTURE °a i �i ooi °oi °oi ooi I I I I I ICIRCUIT JUNCTI LIGHTING ON eOX. BRANCH I ( 'EX UNEND C BRANCH X M CIR UIT o ^ ON BO L u oUi FACE OF PANEL of coy. OUTSOE FACE \ _ OF PANEL 1 \ ( L�y oursoE FACE OF PANEL OUTSIDE FACE OF PPNEL 1 / L&1- 61 o� FIRST FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING I,a• -1' -0• PROJECT HOT RECEIVED CRY OFTUKWIIA MAY 027007 PERERVCENTER ELECTRICAL E -111 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING • • 1. • J ) 0 0 0 0 0 1'1'00 tya e! 111q1 0® 0 0 0 0 0 0 . Iiiiiiiiiimilivolor lidolli 1101 1114/211 . ihililill 1111 ihoi Film i11 lora !ill! PO' l'ilil 11 glirolii A my! 21 II igi a P e elapse e e e s ®®e© c e es® e0 ®e see e 1111 111 111P II b 1 !II si p Ohl 7 r � R el ep •_r_•_•_•_. ams4mAlmo 46 CO Co CO • Q � 1 / 1 ,/ 1 i vl•wi•, v 'Ili ,v I', :v r ', II' ". — 1,1 Ili1'Y_._._._.. - ._.._._._._._._._._._•_. -._._ _._._.11 .- .- . -._._. c!1 0 z E • co _________ -_- w [#3/I>ic7Clissi CP D Ic) I C) it !o 1 � rn t II IV) 1 1 1 co O. - r HARGIS ENGINEERS, INC. 600 Stewart Street, Ste. 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 206 448 3376 1 206 448 4450 www.hargls.blz cr • • I IP Q-A) sAg Or COL. 4/4 oF C OUTSCE FACE OUTSDE FACE -4 OF PANEL OUTSiDE FACE 1 OF PANEL NORDSTROM, INC. 1700 7th Avenue. Suite 1000 Seattle. WA 98101 T 206 303 4300 F 206 303 4319 • ti • • • • • M • • 1 0 0 O O O O 0 4 • • 101111mpg Pill hi 1 isp 111 il !a 40 al II hi ;pi Pri e ll 11 1 pi g r 111111 11 I IqJ 1/44 2 VI ® ©® 0 ®0 000 00 r 1 pelf/Milli P i WI 1 0 /1 lid 01 ! AIM Vly 0 1 ; 1 11 1 1 .q . n .11" . 1 . st. -o Az ti m rn ffl N • 1 -1, �. •t. • .......... ;1'.. .A�.... • ..... -: • J:.....:.1 -r — „ 1; • ...._ ...__...... „_._....... _ _ r -i.� rs-� "r, .:roser • r - �r:.1.: • 1 4 : I Y1 t, i I 11 i 'i.'1 ,; i1 1 ;i � 11' ,. lli• 1 1 . li i '1: a. 1 I ! • 1 1 r ton NORDSTROM sOUTHC!NTIR RACK (003) 17200 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY SUITE 110 TUKWILA, WA 98188 J08 NUMBER 206437.00 023 4625 www.calllson.00m 0 0 m LJ) m _._... ._.._�_ � _ L. • ._.- — 1 .. o5 V cu2,12 0 m z I� 0 m 1' CONSULTANT: HAROIS INOINSIRS, INC. 600 Stewart Street, Ste. 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 208 448 3378 206 448 4450 www.hargls.blz .EIMII••■••■■••;..•A °'IU I� i 0 1 EC; 7O mC . Z , �ro X m0 1 r I 1 1 I I 1 : 1 1i it 1 1 1 1 1 1i it _._._._._._._._._.._._._._. OF COL_/ \ 1 0 °D 11 N I OA i OUTSIDE FACE • . OF PANEL Zg 7 C•:S4E FACE • P AEi. 1/4 OF CO:. 1/4 OF 1 /4 OF COL. r OJTSOE FACE of PANEL OUTSIDE FACT, Or PANEL /• OUTSIDE FACE OF PANEL 1 OWNER: NORDSTROM, INC. 1700 7th Avenue, Suite 1000 Seattle. WA 98101 T 206 303 4300 R 208 303 4319 www.nordstrom. Com 1" • • ,v Jy t. • • • se • e • . AI 1'0111 111 NON 111 ill 1 ropiiiiiiiii001148Fg 1 Itilhilui Phi 10 qj bile 1 Iii ir� IV% �1A r 11� FE € pi � 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 pin fiwi glibb,11 pg. „p 410101 mho d e; 0w rI, ' • m c z m m Z O m i • 1• i•I 1 � 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 (.f) C) r 1 'I (/) m `' Ci �t•: •.:I- _1- --•0 ...t :.r (1) 1 la l= 0 I roam' .. D1 - _ r�1 •,1 Amin I 1 • • l sOUTNCENTER RACK (003) 17200 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY SUITE 110 TUKWILA, WA 98188 Jo0 NUMMCIZ 206437,00 1., r F • �.�.. -: :.:i'.:. ir -p r y.......... • ....... -..._ •- _..- - _. -_• I• .- • W r •f.lY_. • _. _.._.._ • _ L . { 0 0 m \ 0 t 1 — • 0 it 0 • EXPIRES 7 if Of 1 fi 33.1 UJ (_ Ec ?.; ® z ui o 0 ifi e---:- ' - ' -•-•-•- * -- r . •...,.. 3111 r a 1 —oz m 012m IMICG) 61°4 QA F m I a mj ORR CONSULTANT: HAROIS ENGINEERS, INC. 600 Stewart Street, Ste. 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 206 448 3376 1 206 448 4450 www. hargls. blz • j/SIXE FACE r' Pw.:L 1 /4 CF COL , , 1 /4 o co :. %T 1 /4 OF COL. '-•� , 1/4 CF COL. OUTSIDE FACE OF PANE: \/ O PAt FACE 1 OF PAnEI Q \ ouTSIDC FACE OF PANEL OUTSIDE FACE OF PANEI. OWNER: NORDSTROM, INC. 1700 7th Avenue, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 206 303 4300 Pr 206 303 4319 www.nordstrom.00m I 1 1= I r 1• • 4 M 41• • 1 • • ma, !PRIMP lirrou '21104 1 1.114110 ggi Poaligil I h hirf "I riqx 5 C:. 0 es _ - oar !I IP if 11 3i Pit ci ;1i lig § PPP 1 !Q igi -111 1 § 91 gill!!! hi OW a ' 0 000000 0 '• i E: • • cc\ wo3 cft f I . i j � l I j ; I � I A j i� 2 1 1 N I I a I A l p 1 hn i • 1 i • I N � Im D 0 n m y Z rn 9 ni • I) Ii 1,1 i II 11 J f J 1 1 i 11 i t 1' 1 1 1 • r �w4w- -ice 1•.. _ II. . ill_ . . . 1� 1,r •r s liAl��w'nA I �A 1 . Cot- ., •r t .Z, (J i 44 ti 4 , ll / I " .ri.'.'; . _ ._ —"• • _.... -';l.. _._ ._ . .. _. • SOUTHCINTBR RACK (003) 17200 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY SUITE 110 TU KWI LA, WA 98188 J00 NUMOttR 208437.00 NORDSTROM p, (0'D (0) I z7 1^ • 4;t 4 4826 www.oalllson.00m 0 rrt _..__ '..... _........ is -.. _.�. _ ._ ..._..__�•r =.: r- ;_�.._���J1 1422:11111kIlk7Lt!• • Ir • • �rrf — la r CONSULTANT: HAROIS ENGINEERS, INC. 600 Stewart Street, Ste. 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 206 448 3376 R 208 448 4450 www.harg1s.blz 1! 11 m I i qg i$ :4! is I ( 4 : ) !t � CU ISO: Or NNE: ' • 'A OrC'1 1 /4 or ccl /,.._..., 1/4 or COL. ( 1 /4 Or COI. OUTSIDE FACE OF PANEL OUTSIDE Fla - ( OUTSIDE rAcc or PANEL Jar.' ii;c1, Prn 1 Az OWNER: NORDSTROM, INC. 1700 7th Avenue. Suite 1000 Seams. WA 98101 T 206 303 4300 Ir 206 303 4319 1 1 • • 1 1 1 • 1 gr ON (�1 .4a' EIS me in O O irg A Op ig i il 2 (N\ • n e' 0 c 4 ' V V , I.! 1 !• • r 11In • . I I nr li !+ I IR 1, {1' i; 6 1 i II 1 21 5 11? i ® [.11 :.- .. L . : . . ,.r1..... . .. M T 1 / 1 X11 :...f_ _.I - I ...- __ .... -1. : O i r -p -. -. :: _ _.: f .. - - ::-= 1 - :: :nQ ® i r.i L I l:I : '..J ::C.::: :r :.- :..:F -. --U I......._ L..._.L.. _ .��_1= 1........_..... .:=. .l. �_ i a E :_..: 7.L' . :'::E:.- .:1:.:-.:--.- r:.:,T r 1 1' 1} •1 I „. � �� I_ 4I .. al .._ : .�_ .._ :11.,..- �f..r1 , ._ 1 .._. 623 4826 www,eailison.com 0 a O 1 L 1 'EXPIRES g ir t / t $ J • > in iQ ! O� 3.1 o® 1 o® i YIP T i e r J • CONSULTANT: NAROIS ENGINEERS, INC. 600 Stewart Street, Ste. 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 206 448 3376 R 206 448 4460 www.harals.biz c Ii II 1! I! 1: 14 n nr -.- • p . • - • - • - • - • - • - • - • - • - • -.-.- •• Ca Oa•,:E ricE - 0' DANE: , • • • 1/4 OF COL. 1/2 OF COL. •ti� 1/4 or COL C 7 . - i OUTSIDF. FACE Or PANEL ; OUTSIDE CF PANEL OWNER: NORDSTROM, INC. 1700 7th Avenue, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 206 303 4300 f 206 303 4319 www.nordstrom.com 1 • 1 z 1 1I4' = 1'-0r WORK AREA 1 wI w i w`° 111th L. NLARGED WORK AREA - POWER WOK K AREA 1 105 I 4OPY ENLARGED WORK AREA - FIRE ALARM, OUND AND SECURITY 114' =1'-0r 1 114' =1'-0' -PI UNE ENLARGED WORK AREA PLAN - LEPHONE, DATA AND P.O.S. PS-4.6 (LG.) TE-6.8 (LG.) +60' A.F.F. +48' A.F.F. ,CAMERf\ `E 116_i PROVIDE VERTICAL PLUGIAOW MOUNTED TO BACK OF RACK. SPECIFICATIONS- SEE (TYP. OF 2) Scale: 114- 1' C. STUB TO ABOVE CEILING (TYP) 2' C. STUB TO ABOVE CEILING (TYP) BURGLER ALARM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL BU R ALARM PANEL 'RE 1 ION 115!1 HALLI� 117�� J ] e a,- HIRSCH HORN `.:BYPASS SWITCH B2 -25 ENLARGED L.P. CAMERA ROOM LAN - POWER FLOOR ELEC/ MC ROOM FIRE/BURGJSOUND SYSTEM CABINET WALL ELEVATION NO SCALE - t • O 0 Ch.—HIRSCH PROGRAMING KEYPAD ' ;- - --- PAIELBI ;'82' • - 622JI. I •_ 2628 • _ r \ . - oISTRIBUTION PANEL i - — TE ENT SERVICE i FEEDER STUB -UP - ! • -- FOR SPRINKLER LINES 11- -, NOTE ALL ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS AN ORNI GE DEVICE WITH ORANGE OOVERRATE ENGRMIED 11MTH ORCIAT NICER AND ISOLATED GROW'''. ENLARGED EQUIP. ROOM N - POWER 1/4":-. TO" CEILING LINE " - HIRSCH POWER SUPPLY HIRSCH CONTROLLER UPS- 7.9(LG.) 1 SECURITY VIDEO � _ - RACK BY OTHERS. VIDEO CABLE SHALL 8E NEATLY RUN DOWN WALL TO RACK® EMCS BACP 1 PANEL (81 -11) 1 Ky4 82- 15.17. 17' LCD MONITOR, 19.21.23,25 WALL MOUNTED BY OTHERS 6'i(VA UPS F.O.I_C. PANEL 'Tr. "UPS' PANEL PANEL MP" PANEL 'CONTACTORS' (81 -9) PANTS W — PANEL - w IN OEO!CATED SPACES OVER PROVIDDGALVEMZEO AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS COCJRS. PLYWOOD BACKBOARD 16'x12'. LOCATE BOTTOM OF BOARD APPROX. 8' ABOVE DESKTOP 1T LCD MONITOR, MOUNT BASE BY OTHERS 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR KEYBOARD AND LCD / MONITOR POWER J-BOX WITH (2) SV DATA JACKS +42' A.F.F. J-BOX WITH DATA JACKS J-BOX. (6) SV DATA JACKS. LOCATE OFF CENTER IN PLYWOOD WALL MOUNTED 23' LCD MONITOR BY OTHERS 23' LCD MONITOR MOUNT BASE BY OTHERS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE +18' A.F.F. 4-PLEX FOR VCR, KEYBOARD. AND MONITOR POWER 11 1KEYBOARD1 .t 2• (TYP) —+ —!! — J 11 1 1 11 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE — 11 I I J-BOX WITH 3/4'C TO CEILING 11 11 11 11 11 LP OFFICE DESK ELEVATION NO SCALE 7-8' 11 11 KEYBOARD 11 1 VCR 1 CONTROL STATION 1 2' (TYP) CEILING DESK J -BOX WITH 314'C. TO CEILING HUA OUTLET 4-PLEX RECPT. DATANOICE OUTLET SHELVING VCR. NEED MINIMUM 201Wx8'Hx160 SPACE FOR VCR ON SHELVING BY OTHERS PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FLOOR I DATANOICE OUTLET J-BOX WITH 2 SV DATA JACKS L.P. CAMERA ROOM COUNTER ELEVATION NO SCALE BURG. 1 PRINTER COUNTER FLOOR REFER TO DETAIL #6 SHEET E -301 FOR DATANOICE BACKBOARD ELEVATION LAYOUTS. BURG. ALARM CONNECTION TO EMCS FOR EQUIP. ROOM HIGH TEMP. 114' = P4f 7 HALL i 117 Zi HIRSCH HORN BYPASS SWITCH BURGLAR ALARM PANEL KEYPAD ENLARGED L.P. CAMERA ROOM PLAN - IRE ALARM, SOUND AND SECURITY Scale: 114' =1'-0• i;Cs! J : / : i ! • r. e • • ' 1 1 E I c- i LP ;CAMERA ' 116 L 4/12 BURG. ALARM CONNECTION TO EMCS FOR EQUIP. ROOM HIGH TEMP. ALARM ENLARGED EQUIP. ROOM PLAN - IRE ALARM, SOUND AND SECURITY rI- =ILA NM 3 1=11 LOSS PREVENTION , , LP 1 115 ;CAMERA �=- - -' • - =NM ,w HALLW J ENLARGED L.P. CAMERA ROOM PLAN - TELEPHONE, ATAAND P.O.S. Scaie: = 1 .- 1 0- 1 a I• i ' ~ — 1 @- ;: �: -- - -- - -- -- - - - - L Es 4/12 1'1 I_w i i •' i; 1 ,�- - (ItIC c / CoRO JAac • 1 r:: 1:4, ,I' I I/ OQ i g UPS - SWAP I•s* 1 ENLARGED EQUIP. ROOM PLAN - T ELEPHONE, DATA AND P.O.S. 1M'= TO" • _. • ELECTRICAL SHEET NOTES: PROVIDE SECTION OF PLUGMOLD AT HEIGHT INDICATED. PROVIDE 20 AMP RECEPTACLES AT 6' O.C. SPACING. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE DEDICATED NEUTRAL. SEE 118' SCALE POWER PLAN FOR CONTINUATION MOUNT RECEPTACLE BELOW COUNTER AND WITHIN KNEE SPACE OF CASEWORK AT +18' AF F. 4 FIXED SECURITY CAMERA MOUNTED IN CEILING SPACE AND TERMINATED BY THE SECURITY CAMERA INSTALLER. SEE DETAIL 86 ON SHEET E -303 FOR CABLING REQUIREMENTS O PAN/TILTIZOOM SECURITY CAMERA MOUNTED IN CEILING SPACE AND TERMINATED BY THE SECURITY CAMERA INSTALLER. SEE DETAIL 86 ON SHEET E -303 FOR CABLING REQUIREMENTS 6 O RECEPTACLE FOR SENSORMATIC TAG REMOVAL POWER. MOUNT AT +18'A.F.F BENEATH COUNTER GI HIRSCH CONTROLLER. PROVIDE HARDWIRE ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION. PROVIDE? CONDUIT TO ABOVE CEILING. MOUNT CONTROLLER AT +60' A.F.F. TO CENTER LINE OF CONTROLLER. ® PROVIDE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION TO EXISTING MALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE ALARM AND TROUBLE SIGNAL INTERCONNECT TO MALL SYSTEM. FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ASSUME FIRE ALARM CABLE (IN 314'C.) RUN OF 300' TO MALL PANEL AND TWO INTERPACE MODULES ARE REQUIRED. 0 STUB VOICE SERVICE CONDUIT TO THIS POINT AGAINST BACKBOARD. tia BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE DEDICATED 120VAC • CONNECTION TO PANEL. PROVIDE TWO HSL VOICE LINES TO THIS PANEL. MOUNT PROGRAMMING KEYPAD AT t60' A.F.F. ADJACENT TO PANEL. PROVIDE ONE 2' CONDUIT FROM PANEL TO ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE 314' C. TO SECURITY PRINTER AT FRONT COUNTER. PROVIDE CABLE BETWEEN PANEL AND PRINTER. 11 BACKGROUND MUSIC AND PAGING SYSTEM CABINET. PROVIDE DEDICATED 120VAC 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE AT +80' A.F.F. PROVIDE TWO VOICE LINES TO CABINET FOR TELEPHONEIPAGEIMUSIC ON HOLD INTERFACE. MOUNT VOLUME CONTROLS FOR SALES, DRESSING ROOMS. STOCK AREA, HALLWAY, AND ESA IN CABINET. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CABINET TO AVOID CABINET DOOR SWING CONFLICTS. PROVIDE 2- CONDUIT FROM TOP OF CABINET TO ABOVE THE ACCESS. CEILING. 1® SECURITY VIDEO RACK PROVIDED BY OTHERS. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF RECEPTACLES. FULLY COORDIANTE WITH THE SECURITY VIDEO RACK INSTALLER FOR PROPER LOCATIONS. ;Li) ri PROVIDE 4Wx811x3/4' PAINTED PLAWWOOD BACKBOARD FOR SECUIRITY VIDEO EQUIPMENT. OUTLET BOX FOR PRINTER, STUB 314' CONDUIT TO CEILING. HIRSCH ACCESS SYSTEM PROGRAMMING KEYPAD. FLUSH MOUNT AT +48' A.F.F. TELE. SERVICE CONDUIT STUB -UP BY LANDLORD. 50 PAIR VOICE SERVICE CABLING BY OTHERS DATA BACKBOARD. 3/4' X 8W X 81H FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD. REFER TO DETAIL 86 ON SHT. E -301 FOR BACKBOARD LAYOUT TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. 314' X 8W XCH FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD. REFER TO DETAIL 16 ON SHEET E-301 FOR BACKBOARD LAYOUT ® PROVIDE CPI 810622 -01 BUS BAR KIT. MOUNT ON BACKBOARD 6KVA UPS I.O.I.C. ®1 MOUNT RECEPTACLE AT +7'-0' TO TOP OF DEVICE FOR DMA RACK SWITCHED RECEPTACLE FOR UNDERCOUNTER LIGHT FIXTURES. MOUNT AT +54' HORIZONTAL BENEATH SHELF PROVIDE SINGLE -POLE SWITCH INTEGRAL TO RECPT. 19' MC DATA RACK. SEE DETAIL 14 AND 15. SHT. E -301 MOUNT AT +48' A.F.F. PROVIDE INTERCONNECT TO THE EMCS EMCP -1 BCU FOR HVAC SHUTDOWN UPON AN ALARM SIGNAL TO THE FIRE ALARM PANEL. SEE THE EMCS DRAWINGS ® 16 CU. GROUND TO GROUND ELECTRODE ® TELEPHONE SWITCH t 1 PROVIDE INTERCONNECT TO MUTE BACKGROUND MUSIC ONLY UPON ALARM SIGNAL FROM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ® LOCATE FOURPLEX 6' BELOW CEIUNG LINE. CONTROL ONE HALF OF THE FOURPLEX WITH ASNGLE -POLE LIGHT SWITCH LOCATED NEXT TO THE ROOM LIGHT SWITCH_ x ® 'PRINTER'. (33r . PROVIDE ENGRAVE °OVERPLATE TO READ rRIN ER'. ® FAX RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE ENGRAVE COVERPLATE TO READ 'FAX'. ® COPIER RECEPTM LE. PROVIDE ENGRAVED COVERPLATE TO READ "minor_ ® AT RECEIVING MAN DOOR. LABEL AS IRSCH E DISABLE EI OISA HORN HOLD-UP-ALARM MOUNTED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER. RUN SECURITY CABLING TO DEVICE VIA JUNCTION BOX IN WALL. RUN EXPOSED SECURITY CABLE IN ARMORED CABLE. 23' POSAAN SERVER RACK. MOUNT RECEPTACLES TO BACK OF RACK FRAME AT +16' A.F.F. MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE GFCI AT +48' AFF. REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE GFC. HIRSCH THE REQUIRED QUANTITY OF POWER SUPPLIES FOR THE ® BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM CONTRACTOR PROVIDE CONNECTION TO FMCS SYSTEM TO PROVIDE ALARM SIGNAL IN THE EVENT THE TEMPERATURE IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM (OR i<IC ROOM) IS TOO HIGH_ COORDINATE WITH EMCS CONTRACTOR FOR CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. e;L,o • arrOFTIRGRA TAY e 2 ; P'°Stli Ce±1 - -.c .- :ek .V. - v z 0 W 0 O w Y 0 o�c Q f a BI w F Z W Z • U F • D O ' 0, A O O n E -201 0 0 0 r 5; ENLARGED PLANS - ELECTRICAL E ISSUED i REVISED DATE _ mOJPERMIT SET O3.f36_G ADDENDUM 1 03123.O7 ADDENDUM 2 oils a EEEcitsic L PERMIT SET 65.010! JOB NUMeaR 206437,00 L_ 11 1I4' = 1'-0r WORK AREA 1 wI w i w`° 111th L. NLARGED WORK AREA - POWER WOK K AREA 1 105 I 4OPY ENLARGED WORK AREA - FIRE ALARM, OUND AND SECURITY 114' =1'-0r 1 114' =1'-0' -PI UNE ENLARGED WORK AREA PLAN - LEPHONE, DATA AND P.O.S. PS-4.6 (LG.) TE-6.8 (LG.) +60' A.F.F. +48' A.F.F. ,CAMERf\ `E 116_i PROVIDE VERTICAL PLUGIAOW MOUNTED TO BACK OF RACK. SPECIFICATIONS- SEE (TYP. OF 2) Scale: 114- 1' C. STUB TO ABOVE CEILING (TYP) 2' C. STUB TO ABOVE CEILING (TYP) BURGLER ALARM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL BU R ALARM PANEL 'RE 1 ION 115!1 HALLI� 117�� J ] e a,- HIRSCH HORN `.:BYPASS SWITCH B2 -25 ENLARGED L.P. CAMERA ROOM LAN - POWER FLOOR ELEC/ MC ROOM FIRE/BURGJSOUND SYSTEM CABINET WALL ELEVATION NO SCALE - t • O 0 Ch.—HIRSCH PROGRAMING KEYPAD ' ;- - --- PAIELBI ;'82' • - 622JI. I •_ 2628 • _ r \ . - oISTRIBUTION PANEL i - — TE ENT SERVICE i FEEDER STUB -UP - ! • -- FOR SPRINKLER LINES 11- -, NOTE ALL ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS AN ORNI GE DEVICE WITH ORANGE OOVERRATE ENGRMIED 11MTH ORCIAT NICER AND ISOLATED GROW'''. ENLARGED EQUIP. ROOM N - POWER 1/4":-. TO" CEILING LINE " - HIRSCH POWER SUPPLY HIRSCH CONTROLLER UPS- 7.9(LG.) 1 SECURITY VIDEO � _ - RACK BY OTHERS. VIDEO CABLE SHALL 8E NEATLY RUN DOWN WALL TO RACK® EMCS BACP 1 PANEL (81 -11) 1 Ky4 82- 15.17. 17' LCD MONITOR, 19.21.23,25 WALL MOUNTED BY OTHERS 6'i(VA UPS F.O.I_C. PANEL 'Tr. "UPS' PANEL PANEL MP" PANEL 'CONTACTORS' (81 -9) PANTS W — PANEL - w IN OEO!CATED SPACES OVER PROVIDDGALVEMZEO AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS COCJRS. PLYWOOD BACKBOARD 16'x12'. LOCATE BOTTOM OF BOARD APPROX. 8' ABOVE DESKTOP 1T LCD MONITOR, MOUNT BASE BY OTHERS 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR KEYBOARD AND LCD / MONITOR POWER J-BOX WITH (2) SV DATA JACKS +42' A.F.F. J-BOX WITH DATA JACKS J-BOX. (6) SV DATA JACKS. LOCATE OFF CENTER IN PLYWOOD WALL MOUNTED 23' LCD MONITOR BY OTHERS 23' LCD MONITOR MOUNT BASE BY OTHERS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE +18' A.F.F. 4-PLEX FOR VCR, KEYBOARD. AND MONITOR POWER 11 1KEYBOARD1 .t 2• (TYP) —+ —!! — J 11 1 1 11 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE — 11 I I J-BOX WITH 3/4'C TO CEILING 11 11 11 11 11 LP OFFICE DESK ELEVATION NO SCALE 7-8' 11 11 KEYBOARD 11 1 VCR 1 CONTROL STATION 1 2' (TYP) CEILING DESK J -BOX WITH 314'C. TO CEILING HUA OUTLET 4-PLEX RECPT. DATANOICE OUTLET SHELVING VCR. NEED MINIMUM 201Wx8'Hx160 SPACE FOR VCR ON SHELVING BY OTHERS PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FLOOR I DATANOICE OUTLET J-BOX WITH 2 SV DATA JACKS L.P. CAMERA ROOM COUNTER ELEVATION NO SCALE BURG. 1 PRINTER COUNTER FLOOR REFER TO DETAIL #6 SHEET E -301 FOR DATANOICE BACKBOARD ELEVATION LAYOUTS. BURG. ALARM CONNECTION TO EMCS FOR EQUIP. ROOM HIGH TEMP. 114' = P4f 7 HALL i 117 Zi HIRSCH HORN BYPASS SWITCH BURGLAR ALARM PANEL KEYPAD ENLARGED L.P. CAMERA ROOM PLAN - IRE ALARM, SOUND AND SECURITY Scale: 114' =1'-0• i;Cs! J : / : i ! • r. e • • ' 1 1 E I c- i LP ;CAMERA ' 116 L 4/12 BURG. ALARM CONNECTION TO EMCS FOR EQUIP. ROOM HIGH TEMP. ALARM ENLARGED EQUIP. ROOM PLAN - IRE ALARM, SOUND AND SECURITY rI- =ILA NM 3 1=11 LOSS PREVENTION , , LP 1 115 ;CAMERA �=- - -' • - =NM ,w HALLW J ENLARGED L.P. CAMERA ROOM PLAN - TELEPHONE, ATAAND P.O.S. Scaie: = 1 .- 1 0- 1 a I• i ' ~ — 1 @- ;: �: -- - -- - -- -- - - - - L Es 4/12 1'1 I_w i i •' i; 1 ,�- - (ItIC c / CoRO JAac • 1 r:: 1:4, ,I' I I/ OQ i g UPS - SWAP I•s* 1 ENLARGED EQUIP. ROOM PLAN - T ELEPHONE, DATA AND P.O.S. 1M'= TO" • _. • ELECTRICAL SHEET NOTES: PROVIDE SECTION OF PLUGMOLD AT HEIGHT INDICATED. PROVIDE 20 AMP RECEPTACLES AT 6' O.C. SPACING. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE DEDICATED NEUTRAL. SEE 118' SCALE POWER PLAN FOR CONTINUATION MOUNT RECEPTACLE BELOW COUNTER AND WITHIN KNEE SPACE OF CASEWORK AT +18' AF F. 4 FIXED SECURITY CAMERA MOUNTED IN CEILING SPACE AND TERMINATED BY THE SECURITY CAMERA INSTALLER. SEE DETAIL 86 ON SHEET E -303 FOR CABLING REQUIREMENTS O PAN/TILTIZOOM SECURITY CAMERA MOUNTED IN CEILING SPACE AND TERMINATED BY THE SECURITY CAMERA INSTALLER. SEE DETAIL 86 ON SHEET E -303 FOR CABLING REQUIREMENTS 6 O RECEPTACLE FOR SENSORMATIC TAG REMOVAL POWER. MOUNT AT +18'A.F.F BENEATH COUNTER GI HIRSCH CONTROLLER. PROVIDE HARDWIRE ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION. PROVIDE? CONDUIT TO ABOVE CEILING. MOUNT CONTROLLER AT +60' A.F.F. TO CENTER LINE OF CONTROLLER. ® PROVIDE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION TO EXISTING MALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE ALARM AND TROUBLE SIGNAL INTERCONNECT TO MALL SYSTEM. FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ASSUME FIRE ALARM CABLE (IN 314'C.) RUN OF 300' TO MALL PANEL AND TWO INTERPACE MODULES ARE REQUIRED. 0 STUB VOICE SERVICE CONDUIT TO THIS POINT AGAINST BACKBOARD. tia BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE DEDICATED 120VAC • CONNECTION TO PANEL. PROVIDE TWO HSL VOICE LINES TO THIS PANEL. MOUNT PROGRAMMING KEYPAD AT t60' A.F.F. ADJACENT TO PANEL. PROVIDE ONE 2' CONDUIT FROM PANEL TO ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE 314' C. TO SECURITY PRINTER AT FRONT COUNTER. PROVIDE CABLE BETWEEN PANEL AND PRINTER. 11 BACKGROUND MUSIC AND PAGING SYSTEM CABINET. PROVIDE DEDICATED 120VAC 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE AT +80' A.F.F. PROVIDE TWO VOICE LINES TO CABINET FOR TELEPHONEIPAGEIMUSIC ON HOLD INTERFACE. MOUNT VOLUME CONTROLS FOR SALES, DRESSING ROOMS. STOCK AREA, HALLWAY, AND ESA IN CABINET. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CABINET TO AVOID CABINET DOOR SWING CONFLICTS. PROVIDE 2- CONDUIT FROM TOP OF CABINET TO ABOVE THE ACCESS. CEILING. 1® SECURITY VIDEO RACK PROVIDED BY OTHERS. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF RECEPTACLES. FULLY COORDIANTE WITH THE SECURITY VIDEO RACK INSTALLER FOR PROPER LOCATIONS. ;Li) ri PROVIDE 4Wx811x3/4' PAINTED PLAWWOOD BACKBOARD FOR SECUIRITY VIDEO EQUIPMENT. OUTLET BOX FOR PRINTER, STUB 314' CONDUIT TO CEILING. HIRSCH ACCESS SYSTEM PROGRAMMING KEYPAD. FLUSH MOUNT AT +48' A.F.F. TELE. SERVICE CONDUIT STUB -UP BY LANDLORD. 50 PAIR VOICE SERVICE CABLING BY OTHERS DATA BACKBOARD. 3/4' X 8W X 81H FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD. REFER TO DETAIL 86 ON SHT. E -301 FOR BACKBOARD LAYOUT TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. 314' X 8W XCH FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD. REFER TO DETAIL 16 ON SHEET E-301 FOR BACKBOARD LAYOUT ® PROVIDE CPI 810622 -01 BUS BAR KIT. MOUNT ON BACKBOARD 6KVA UPS I.O.I.C. ®1 MOUNT RECEPTACLE AT +7'-0' TO TOP OF DEVICE FOR DMA RACK SWITCHED RECEPTACLE FOR UNDERCOUNTER LIGHT FIXTURES. MOUNT AT +54' HORIZONTAL BENEATH SHELF PROVIDE SINGLE -POLE SWITCH INTEGRAL TO RECPT. 19' MC DATA RACK. SEE DETAIL 14 AND 15. SHT. E -301 MOUNT AT +48' A.F.F. PROVIDE INTERCONNECT TO THE EMCS EMCP -1 BCU FOR HVAC SHUTDOWN UPON AN ALARM SIGNAL TO THE FIRE ALARM PANEL. SEE THE EMCS DRAWINGS ® 16 CU. GROUND TO GROUND ELECTRODE ® TELEPHONE SWITCH t 1 PROVIDE INTERCONNECT TO MUTE BACKGROUND MUSIC ONLY UPON ALARM SIGNAL FROM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ® LOCATE FOURPLEX 6' BELOW CEIUNG LINE. CONTROL ONE HALF OF THE FOURPLEX WITH ASNGLE -POLE LIGHT SWITCH LOCATED NEXT TO THE ROOM LIGHT SWITCH_ x ® 'PRINTER'. (33r . PROVIDE ENGRAVE °OVERPLATE TO READ rRIN ER'. ® FAX RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE ENGRAVE COVERPLATE TO READ 'FAX'. ® COPIER RECEPTM LE. PROVIDE ENGRAVED COVERPLATE TO READ "minor_ ® AT RECEIVING MAN DOOR. LABEL AS IRSCH E DISABLE EI OISA HORN HOLD-UP-ALARM MOUNTED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER. RUN SECURITY CABLING TO DEVICE VIA JUNCTION BOX IN WALL. RUN EXPOSED SECURITY CABLE IN ARMORED CABLE. 23' POSAAN SERVER RACK. MOUNT RECEPTACLES TO BACK OF RACK FRAME AT +16' A.F.F. MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE GFCI AT +48' AFF. REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE GFC. HIRSCH THE REQUIRED QUANTITY OF POWER SUPPLIES FOR THE ® BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM CONTRACTOR PROVIDE CONNECTION TO FMCS SYSTEM TO PROVIDE ALARM SIGNAL IN THE EVENT THE TEMPERATURE IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM (OR i<IC ROOM) IS TOO HIGH_ COORDINATE WITH EMCS CONTRACTOR FOR CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. e;L,o • arrOFTIRGRA TAY e 2 ; P'°Stli Ce±1 - -.c .- :ek .V. - v z 0 W 0 O w Y 0 o�c Q f a BI w F Z W Z • U F • D O ' 0, A O O n E -201 0 0 0 r 5; ENLARGED PLANS - ELECTRICAL E ISSUED i REVISED DATE _ mOJPERMIT SET O3.f36_G ADDENDUM 1 03123.O7 ADDENDUM 2 oils a EEEcitsic L PERMIT SET 65.010! JOB NUMeaR 206437,00 •.- - 1• r,i, t 1 1.. 1• . f C' I , C k(' ' ; L ' . �.} '' .t 1 l B B B B 'B• F, gigs rni C�� . 0 I O OUTLET 4 STAIPEESS HOME IN BASE TE r DUPLEX RECEPTAaE IIII &ISE OF CASE P ROME S 4a[ESS 1 AT :AF_ - i SEE ROTE _ -- • s 1 SCALE VM MOUNTING DETAIL OOLsJafA1I OIIRETA '.24• A.F O1lr m OICECoNTRACT ROUTE ITELON CA MIXABLE LAU.EXPOSEDCABLING SUM. BE CONCEALED INARK/ORED RACEWAY_ (wICAL) OURI E OF CllSIMIPAP cJl4EW0 X. MOUNT SECURITY SYSTEM HOLOUP T ALARM AT UNDERSOIE OF CASHWRAP COUNTER PIS RUIC.PEILE 10 OUTLETS CONCEALED WITHIN CASEWORK. REFER TOOPM. DICE aCCAt RAM FO RCArAE CRY 10 EACH OUTL..•T it . tt • DRESSING ROOM OPENING BELOW/ P.V.M. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY CENTERED OVER DOOR OPENING BELOW. - - - -- AT-WAFT CE ERUNE _SECURITY VIDEO CABUNG SHALL BE BROUGHT DOWN FROM CEILING SPACE ABOVE INTO WALL CAVITY X2 CAVITY AND THROUGH 1/2' OPENING G SHALL BE 6' TO THE RIGHT CENTER OF THE OPENING BELOW. PVM CAMERA DRESSING ROOMS DRESSING ROOM GRAPHIC INDICATES CASH REGISTER (UP). I---- CONCEAL I W VOLTAGE LT CAEKES BELOW CASEWORK. LOCATE AUL BOXES Kf ACCESS l PANEL L (TYPICAL) I 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND BRANCH CIRCUITING WITHIN CASHWRAP UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TYPICAL CASHWRAP COUNTER WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MAIN SALES FLOOR SECTION CASHWRAP COUNTER WIRING DIAGRAM SCALE • PROVIDE FOURPtExuCUSTOMER SERVICE CASINTRAP ONLY. REFER TO POWER RAN FOR CUSTOLIE R SERVICE LOCATION. RECEPTACLE FOR SEi MAPLE( f TICCR KNOGO TAG REMOVAL POWER. *2C PROVIDE SiEEL RAISED COYER FOR L (iYP 4 DUPLE(RIECEPTACtE •24 F IN o PR OVIDE STEEL RAISED COVER FOR (iYR 4 POWER PORE SEE DETAR SI. SHEET E -303. REFER VD ELECTRICAL PLANS BRANCH T il 13ATAPANCE CREWS AND SECeNny SYSTEM CABLING REQUIREMENTS NOTES: I_ ALL WIRING WPM CASEWORK SIM. BE 1/12AWG PAIMPAUlt 2. COORDINATE WITH NORDSTROM THE EXACT LOCATION FOR UCH DEVICE PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. 3- TILS APPLES OiLY TO CASH WRAPS MT H'TEM .' REGISTER LOCATIONS INDICATED ON FLOOR MANS. 4_ ELECTRICAL SUB-CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BRANCH CIRCUITING WITHIN CASEWORK. -'t 4' DESI CATS CABLES F . SECU CONSOLES. MOH, , EMCS, PAYPHONES.ATM, LP D SHIPPING TO 110 FIELD ! Ai IF A: 3*ESROM m ac- mascot � A- 5 5 OD-- =MIER V LUM OW: NZ ••j'AFF SEE1,1.1.90JM$. 16113 VICANNI-16 MAIL cr'• - - OVUM -Z*FF REFER TO 300 PAIR FIELD DI AGRAM c 7 — 1BS' - -i NOTE MANTAN QEAR NCE AROUND VOICE OUTLET TOACOOMODATE PHONE INSTIMIATION PER ABOVE DUIB1SIONS. PROVIDE CLEARANCE FROPA STANQMD$AIIDC)iHER s` INTERCOMS. CASEWORK SHELVING WALL MOUNTED PHONE DIAGRAM SCALE NONE T.SiUSTIFIC iARENSEESRQORSWILLEDVENCONCEtED FROM NSLES AND ENTRIES TYPlCJIL GUDEiIIES OF LOCATION 0111011 DRESSING ±_c - .4- 1 a OD NOT LOCATE TSENSORS JO END OF CORRIDORS IN MESSRS ROOMS 4. 001011EMiIGE FM& LOCAi10N OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES NMI FRE BLUETS NRIWORIC. ETC: DEVICES INCLUDE RECD P Q (& SVIIITCHESAICILUME Commas. FIORRAIROBES Alp TES SENSORS RS . S REFERFO iE N1ELa014SMITI CAC6rROMC SETI0RK INVIT IM FOR 000R11RATIONOF CEtocoar115 s WHIM POSSIBLE MGR VERTJCJiAIYALI ELECTRICAL MINCES DEVICE LOCATION COORDINATION CRITERIA SCALE: NONE 48• _ ." ▪ 8HX4WX3/4'D FIRE TfiEATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD (TYPICAL OF 2)- POSAAN SERVER RACK 83 19' DATA RACK 92 r 19" PBX RACK /1 r 1- r B 700 11ofEe• 19' PBX RACK 11 • x ITOTELCO VAULTI ITO TELCO VAULT VOICE SEFtVICE CONDUIT STUB -IN WITH 50 PAIR RISER CABLE 19' DATARACK(/2 0 SCALE: 1' =1 %0' CABLE TRAY SIDE WALL 48' 19' POSILAN SERVER RACK /3 S NERt BA 0ARD NOTE PLEASE CONTACT ISG PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. CABLE RUNWAY RADIUS DROP. (CPI- 12100 -715) k ANGLE WAI L SUPPORT iCPI- 11421715) 1 E ECiRICAL O C . —3 FOOT WORKING FROM WALL 1 Z BACK WALL WALL MOUNT VOICE OUTLET SPARE VOICE SERVICE CONDUIT STUB-IN WITH 50 PAiR RISER CABLE. PROPOSED VOICE SERVICE STUB -IN TO BACKWARD ACTUAL SHALL LOCATION MAY SERVICE CABLING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE TELCO ENTRANCE EQUIPMENTAT BACKBOARD LOCATION INDICATED ON ELEVATION. DATA/VOICE BACKBOARD - ELEVATION 811 X 4W X 3/4'D FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BA(KCBOARD (TYPICAL OF 3) ATA/VOICE BACKBOARD ELEVATION AND PLAN VIEW - PARTIAL SCALE: 1' =1'•� MC RACK ELEVATION NONE 15 WIDE CABLE TRAY WITH END CAPS. (CPI - 10250-715) 6' CHANNEL RACK-TO-RUNWAY MOUNT'1NG PLATE (CPI-12121-718). PROVDE EXTRAWM BOLTS. (2)3 lWJBOLTS (CPS-11431-003) (2)3 WA-BOLTS (WWI- 11431-0G5) t • I-- KNl R RACK 1 Ij I0 �� 1 3 EAR/M1 I IN FRONT • • t 1 • EQUIPMENT GUARD RAIL -19) r - - - .L. NOTE NOT ALL PARIS AND PART NUMBERS ARE SWAN. THE CONTRACTOR iS RESPONSIBLE FOR ACOI R.ETE WORIONG INSTALLATION NCUIDNG, MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCESPART NIUMBERSARE SNO PIASAN (OR EQUMiLLOIR). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ISSUE A SURSTIRMON REQUEST FOR CHANGES TO MS OETAROR PART NUMBERS. I URCUIT(S)AY I DATA/VOICE BACKBOARD - PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1' =1'-0r • • m • 9 7 - -s VENTED O SHELF SERVER RA OR-60400224 K (TYP OF 1) 80' 1 31 29 2E 27 26 24 11 10 u . 13 11 8 s 5 4 3 2 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE RACK ASSEYT.Y, B INCLUDING ANCHOR BOLTS. CLAMP RACKS AND MISC. INSTALLATION HARDWARE CONTRACTOR SHALL EQUIP EACH RACK AS SHOWI& AND AS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE WIRE MANAGEMENT PLUG PATCH PANELS. ETC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - GROUND TOR TO NEAREST NEC RECOGk�D STRIPS. ELECTRODE SUBSYSTEM WITH /6AWG CU, GREEN GROUNDING CONDUC (1211 RAL RACK NOTE_ DATA RACK ONE. TWO AND THREE SHALL BE ARRANGED AS INDICATED ON OETALL /9. SHEET E -201. THE RACK EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ARRANGED, PER RACK. AS INDICATED VI THE DETMLABOVE MC RACK ELEVATION SCALE: NONE Dasiewle 1SIakeCates Tasinalea � " - t .1a swcs Corneas* Best • f Cables la• PBX TR,*Cads 101' FLOOR I RACK 1 I 14-2-1-01. 02 P_i • 1 ■ ■ DATA /VOICE NOT USED I � I 1 ' 142.140.04 142 -1.6 AT A// DATA/ DRAWING SYMBOL ----* EXAMPLE OF LABELING TO 'MC' DATA / VOICE OUTLET ORGANIZATION, ICON AND LABELING DETAIL SCALE: NONE • • Dab* Faces 11921X POTS Ib aJ 9e BMsPais I i R'SS EAKIII sls'/�•a r !4tLF',Nam ,2 S O1 • KStliyi2 . 7.1 awet 51•s . pllEel • ;.1VeR s1/4r !Sb y •L . � �T� ^.1-.C....—..1.—_ - - . .__ = . – - . COT ir!s�fd�Ig . _ • - - : - f AI Pal dt Pam's IN Oa Pals - - -- =--- -- - - - _ -- PL3T(A e aocCab • Mysc thald OID Tomici g 300 PAIR 110 FIELD WIRING DIAGRAM NONE 1 -a 1421-0& 07 M7'1o& 09 DATA / DATA/ VOICE 1 VOICE I RACK 3 I j } rs6G�f■ 11,15111,1515G1/411 r'S15 GI Al V is IMAI ' LIZ GENERAL NOTE: A101► s4COITIONAL 30O PAR: e.0CES WILL 9E PROVNEO 9. PLY VENDOR 1" 14-- ... -- M.2 -1 -10 11 w 1 142.1 -12,13 1 DATA/ DATA/ DATA/ VOICE / VOICE / VOICE 1O FREE STANDING RACK (TYP) O2 EQUIPMENT SHELF 30 (REVE POWER STRIP ® (BY OWNER) ® ETHERNET SWITCK•1 (BY OWNER) - ® ETHERNET SWITCH (BY OWNER) ®�� ® CAT 5e. 48-PORT PATCH PANEL (TYPICAL) MO NITOR SHELF STRIP (REVERSED) 11 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE SHELF CAT 3, 24 PORT TELCO PATCH PANEL PROVIDED BY NORDSTROPA VENDOR (TYPICAL) EQUIPMENT GROUND PER NEC. EWTLASTANDARDS (TYPICAL) to AiOUNT VERnc.AA PLUGMOLD, ABOVE RECEPTACLE. CNE BACK OF RACK FRAME 1 PBX EQUIP. 1 RACK MID SERVER REVIEWED FOR CODE L� NFQA70 -NEC 0-y Of Tt1itAla kA, 11Vt t aiYOF mcatA `Sr JL ; -A1; c ov�ci x " ioG u. sai 1tosc? r1c 0 z O GO J E -301 0 0 0 .0 0 Zo a ° 11 - z oo • • 1. eo0 Z a0 A•) f0 A0) Q O Q d z co co <410.. V u r –• o C M O O • 0' 0• N N 3 oZ1ou)I -11.3 0 a ri 2 ♦ O O V o 1 N O I- E c _ • O al} o Of. E – c c o 1p O O Zaw ,w ' • to o • .c,4 p o o o J 4 o•-o 0 MQ• O .- 001- . 0 ISSUED l REVISED OATE _ r SET 03.00 J ADDENDUM 1 03'230. ELECTRICAL PERMIT SET _ _ _ OS -31 N7 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ,1 ft • 4 1 m 1 O N fi , 3 is m 3 1 r v' m a i l 1 / • II all a i • -r. r 00 00 II c ll 1 00 , 1 1 1 f l f r \ IlcHll 10°0° I • • J /' IIGGII •` - - - - - • 00 • 1 • • J • ` - - - - -' / \\ / ' • 1 /' • • • • 1 00 / • �- • ♦' • IIGGII 00 SOUTMCINTER RACK (003) 17200 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY SUITE 110 TUKWILA, WA 98188 JOB NUMOCR 206437.00 f { SPi E li f� f.. 2 1 mm zE Om Cc 1- m F" m r OE C � r m -Iv 00 C z> zm m O z 0 z O 1 1 ,• 33 i 111 --- _— _— _— _— •— . —_ —• - f 1 T Ih r- r.r I �- .- -- .- _- = r� III ! VV 1 1 .- III Yom. - 1 1 CONSULTANT: HAROIS RNOINI IRS, INC. 600 Stewart Streit, Ste, 1000 Seattle, WA 08101 T 208 448 3376 R 208 448 4450 www.hargis.biz -- r.- .— _— . - --► — wr•w--- _ —.r_ -- Q PA 0 Za GYn in 2 - - - •••• -- - ----- vilill.1111401M § re ° OWNER: NORDSTROM, INC. 1700 7th Avenue, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 208 303 4300 Ef 208 303 4319 www.nordstrom.com c 1" ii 11 . LPCANERA (4) CATS crams -L J.41OX L ABO►YEABO►YE COUNTER (4) DATA JACKS - i OOI�iiBt I 6 ' t f3)cAT5cAaEs 1 1 0 t t I. ii 11 I i Aitr_i AC UNIT FEEDERIEMCS CABLE CONCEALED WITHIN UNIT: RUN UP WITHIN coNoun- SPACE IN EQUIPMENT CURB. • • 1100. 1o1m j : RAA j EXTERIOR • NOTES: 1. POWER POLE SHALL BE PAINTED WHITE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 2. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT • . `lam W.>>> )ft- W% \� \ ? \� \� \�; \`j \ ? W j� \�\ ?y \� • \N" W �jvu\N. POWER POLE ELEVATION - ELECTRICAL NO SCALE '1 • ' ti A.C.T. RUN OWER POLE CIRCUIT TO OUTLET MOUNTED IN CASHWRAP. UTILIZE POWER POLE TO CONCEAL BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT ONLY - 00 NOT TERMINATE OR SPLICE BRANCH WIRING WITHIN POLE. FINISHED FLOOR EMCS CABLING (TYP) - C C -� CATS CABLE (ONE NS PER EAS) 1 1 SEE FLOOR PLA FOR LABEL f , : I L- PROVIDE 3/4'C. CHASE THOUGH WALT_ CUT CONDUIT FLUSH %NTH EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. COORDINATE LOCATION OF PENETRATION WITH NORDSTROM LOSS PREVENTION. CATS CABLE (ONE PER FIV) SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR LABEL CABLE LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED 200 FT SALES/BACK ROOM AREAS • ROOF TOP UNIT 1 _L. CAMERA .3. BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN AS SHOWN ON PLANS RUN BRANCH CIRCUIT CONCEALED DOWN POWER POLE TO CASHWRAP - ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE SINGLE BLANK WITII NO KNOCKOUTS DIVIDED ALUMINUM POWER POLE (WIREMOLD NP800) PROVIDE TWO 1.5' CORES THROUGH COUNTER TOP CONCEALED BENEATH BASE OF POWER POLE. PROVIDE ONE CORE FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT AND ONE FOR CAT. Se CABLING THROUGH COUNTER TOP. EQUIPMENT CONNECTION (TYPICAL) AC UNIT /POWER EXHAUST CONNECTION DETAIL NO SCALE CAMERA SPARE UNIT TA _L 11 ROOF SECURE POWER POLE TO CASHWRAP PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. SINGLE POINT CONNECTION • DISNCONIECTAND RECEPTACLE PROVIDED WITH UNIT. RTU FEEDER AS SCHEDULED ON THE PLANS. n � SERVICE STRUCTURE BRANCH CKTBRANCH CKT. PER PLANS ■ V _L NO SCALE CAMERA HARDWARE EQUIPMENT RACK NO SCALE CATS CABLE (ONE PER pVM� SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR LABEL CATS CABLE (ONE PER pT�} SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR L11813. CABLEONGTH NOT TO EXCEED 200 FT CATS CABLE ((ONE PER SEE FLOOR FLAWS FOR ME/. 6 1 1 1 1 STRUCTURE - -- J-BOX LOCATED BELOO,LP DATA JACKS y A.C.T. NOTES: 1.POWER POLE SHALL BE PAINTED WHITE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 2.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT 3- EXTEND COMMUNICATIONS AND SECURITY CABLING FEED TO OUTLET WITHIN CASHWRAP 4. LEAVE 10 OF COMMUNICATIONS AND SECURITY CABLE ABOVE CEILING • '. • . • .. . . • RUN CAT.5• GOWN POWER POLE ANO TO OUTLET MOUNTED IN CASHWRAP. UTILIZE POWER POLE TO CONCEAL CABLES ONLY. FINISHED FLOOR POWER POLE ELEVATION - DATA/VOICE/SECURITY SECURITY VIDEO SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM - ALTERNATE -- - - 6 -. -- - -- - - - - -- 1 . J -HOOK SECURITY CABLE DATAIVOICE CABLE ELECTICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE SINGLE DIVIDED ALUMINUM POWER POLE (AMTC -412) REGISTER UNIT J-BOX LOCATED BELOW LP DAT JACTCS • • NOT USED NO SCALE [SECURITY VIDEO SYSTEM CABLE NOTES : 1 1. LEAVE A 25 SPARE COIL OF CABLE AT ALL CAMERA LOCATIONS (EXCEPT SPARE CABLE DROP LOCATIONS WHICH HAVE NO SPARE COIL) i 2. LEAVE 25' SPARE CABLE AT ALL OTHER CAMERA POWER SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT RACK I I I i I i 1 : • SURFACE MOUNT SHELF. HEIGHT TBD UNDER COUNTER FIXTURE 1 464 +51•AF.F Lnl 1 +18'AFF 5s-W —71c TAILOR RM - MARKING TABLE ELEVATION SCALE: NONE 1 t PLYWOOD BACKBOARD 16'x12'. LOCATE BOTTOM OF BOARD APPROX. 8' ABOVE DESKTOP IT LCD MONITOR. WALL MOUNTED BY OTHERS 1T LCD MONITOR, BY OTHERS SWITCHED SWITCHED RECEPTACLE FOR UNDER COUNTER LIGHT FIXTURE. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE WITH INTEGRAL SINGLE -POLE SWITCH. MOUNT HORIZONTALLY. PROVIDE PLUGMOLD 2400 WITH NEMA 5.20R RECEPTACLES AT 1 2' ON- CENTER MOUNT ON BACKSPLASH. MOUNT PLUGMOLD AT +5T AF.F 0 DATANOICE OUTLET CONTROL STATION 1 se 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR .. KEYBOARD AND LCD MONITOR POWER 1 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE J-BOX WITH 3/4'C TO CEILING P OFFICE 11 11 I; J-BOX WITH (2) DATA JACKS DESK J-BOX WITH 3/CC. TO CEILING �— HUAJ-BOX CEILING SHELVING VCR. NEED MINIMUM 209AIx8•Hx16'D SPACE FOR VCR ON SHELVING BY OTHERS FLOOR 1 IP O tz) O z 0 0 0 • d Z N� 3 0 a . ca0. -E • 0 0 , O O > ACa w t` z AC 0 • O0; O as 0Z- 1• 0 .o uo Z a« co C M• o Z.? 0 4 " I P) n t. � M • e co < a 3 vv° 1--.2 5 t • 3 uX 0I-L 3 v z Z 0 SI V ab a N ~mac .s - 0 z a E a a c cao V Qsvvo Qt3c+ei. a e o: :. 0 1) x0.•003 47;044.4 u .- COI -L3 o w ^ >- o � 0 v } Y 0 4 ix a IZ o Dc 1- w Z I- IN w Z O 1 - f- 0 0 0 0 0I CO 10 0) ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE 810JPERUIi SET - _ _ 33• #5,-3 ADDENDUM 1 - 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT SET_ C3'31 37 ffiCE.61) ELECTRICAL DETAILS CrfOF UKIN k .rf : E -303 • 1 JOB NUMBUR 206437.00 PANEL GROUP RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FURNISHED BY I INSTALLED BY REMARKS ITEM 1 XOc ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR OTHERS XOd 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR OTHERS MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT X X METER AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT 1 X X C /T'S AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT 1 X X C/T CABINET AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT X X SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT(S) TO LEASE SPACE I X X I FORK LIFT RENTAL TO OFFLOAD PANEL GROUP r X X I RE- TORQUE FACTORY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS X X 1 A/C SYSTEMS GROUND AT 1 12.5kVA PER NEC 250 - 26(b X X 1 KELE PT -9000 METER X 1 Y, 1.2 LIGHTING CONTACTORS X I X 1 3 PILOT RELAYS 1 x X J 2 PANEL GROUP VDP. M. A. DP, T- 1.131, B2, 83. UPS. TE1 X X 1 1 1 i i I i 1 I I 1 1 I i 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 i t i 1 1 I RR: 1 EDA ?O E FED BY pc). _ 12 ELECTP,•C31 CP!ii R4 ,.TOR P Y ;JE _ _ g.��S CO•` % _ C1:v:i � I �_C• - :Ck. CON ;F1.0 CR • :i:■�i. Le - 5•GE ORM•Ci-i Ci CONUECr.ON l I • ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM KEY NOTES O CONNECT GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR FOR THE SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM TO THE SERVICE GROUND ELECTRODE OR THE NEAREST AVAILABLE EFFECTIVELY GROUNDED METAL MEMBER OF THE BLDG. STRUCTURE PER SECTION 250 -26 OF THE NEC. TVSS DEVICE INTEGRATED INTO PANELBOARD BY PANELGROUP MANUFACTURER FACTORY INSTALLED PHASE FAILURE PROTECTION FACTORY INSTALLED KELE PT-9000 METER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EMCS CONNECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EMCS PLANS O PANELGROUP SHALL BE ARRANGED AS SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLANS. FEEDER CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PRE - INSTALLED BY THE PANELGROUP MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FEEDER ROUTING WITHIN THE PANELGROUP IS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATIC, AND SHALL BE ARRANGED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEC AND U.L. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL TERMINATIONS ARE COMPLETE. RE TORQUE ALL TERMINATIONS WITHIN PANELGROUP, AND CORRECT ANY TERMINATIONS AS REQURIED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM ALL CONDUITS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PANELGROUP SHALL ENTER THE PANELGROUP THROUGH THE TOP UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE O FLOOR MOUNTED UPS FURNISHED BY OWNER FOR INSTALL BY TENANT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALL AND TEST OWNER FURNISHED 6 KVA UPS AND FEEDER FROM PANEL PANEL 'TV TO UPS, AND FROM UPS TO PANEL "UPS' PANELGROUP SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND IDEC RELAYS ® PRE - INSTALLED AND PRE -WIRED IN PANELGROUP. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EMCS CONNECTIONS AND LINE SIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS TO CONTACTORS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE NEATLY ORGANIZED AND SUPPORTED. PROVIDE PROPER BACKING FOR MOUNTING CONTACTORS AND RELAYS. NEATLY ORGANIZE DEVICES AND PROVIDE WIRE MANAGEMENT. ALL CONTACTORS SHALL BE CONTROLLED THROUGH THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. REFER TO THE PANEL SCHEDULES AND THE EMCS DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE AN EMCS PILOT DUTY RELAY FOR EACH CONTACTOR. SEE DETAILS #5 AND #6 ON SHEET E -302 O9 SERVICE DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPER. REFER TO THE BUILDING SHELL DEVELOPER DRAWINGS (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT) FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION UNDERGROUND FEEDER CONDUIT PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPER AND STUBBED -UP O WITHIN THE TENANT EQUIPMENT ROOM 147. THE TENANT ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND AND ADJUST THIS CONDUIT AS REQUIRED TO ALIGN WITH THE FOOTPRINT AREA OF PANEL 'MOP'. PROVIDE THE FEEDER CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED TO ENERGIZE 'MOP' 3/4•C. 3#8 CU. 118 GND 60ASI2P/4 ' 3/4'C. 318 CU.'I 111{8 GND 7 UPS O #8 GND 3/4'C. 318 CU. 1 #10 GND PANEL TE 1201208 1 ISOLATED GROUND INTEGRAL PANEL UPS 120240 GROUND OWNER FURNISHED PANELGROUP THE PANELGROUP SHALL BE OWNER FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMER LIGHTING CONTACTORS, AND IDEC RELAYS SHALL BE PRE - INSTALLED AND PRE -WIRED IN_THE PANELGROU (ENCLOSURE BY THE PANELGROUP SUPPLIER. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED DETAILS /NOTES FOR SPECIFIC QUESTIONS OR ADOfONAL INFORMATION CALL Pcx CORPORAUON - DEAN DI LILLO (919) 359 -3914 OR E-MAIL QUESTIONS TO. salesePCXaxp.can • PANEL 20/2008 3 a PANELGROUP 4 #1/0 CU. 1#8 GND CU - 4 #1 CU. 118 GND CU 4 #110 CU, 1#6 GND CU 4 #110 CU, 1#6 GND CU PANEL 120/208 B1 ( PANEL B2 1201208 • T- DISTRIBUTION SECTION DP I 12011208 VAC. 30, 4W 400 AMP MAIN BREAKER 150/3P 150/3P / 150/3P 100/3P • - ---- SPACE 100A/3P - SPACE SPACE (2) SETS OF 2'C. 411310 CU, 1#3 GND CU tl !, o CNi I — • TVSS ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM NOTTOWCAtE - - -- SPACE ( MB TRANSFORMER 480V DELTA - 208YI120V. 3 0 4W. 112.5 KVA. Q PROVIDE #1/0 GND ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM MOTTO SCALE 312/0 CU.1#6 GND CU TWO SETS 413/0 CU, 1#3 GND CU 4 #1 CU, 1#8 GND CU 277/480V Ln i i h 2 1 0 PANEL M 277/480V MAIN DISTRIBUTION SECTION MDP 277/480 VAC. 30. 4W MAIN AMP BREAKER 7 „7 777 :1 ,77 ;:, 777 :/ 777 1 i' ii!c(5.:: 1 1 --- --- 1 f I C' 1 i III I 1 I = 1 I o , 1 120/208 00 C' 1 1 c IJ . np T-1 .5 KVA XFRMR TENANT ELEC. CONTRACTOR EXTEND CONDUITS TO PANEL GROUP FML PROTECTION • , 80013P MB 1 i ; l l�,� 17513P � AiLP WI8US ' :C1 :C2 1 • RO EQUIP . I � 00 - 4. • ., 3P AF 800AT EXISTING TWO(2) 4' EMPTY CONDUITS BY LANDLORD. PROVIDE NEW TWO(2) SETS OF 41800 KCMIL.1 #110 CU GND FROM SERVICE 1 DISC. TO PANEL "MOP' 0 EXISTING METERED SERVICE DISCONNECT PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 277/480 VAC. 30. 4W, 800 AMPO l 65K AIC 277/480 800A 3? MB I I KELE i -90 1 EXISTING SERVICE TO POWER COMPANY TRANSFORMER i / • EXTERIOR _t REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE NFPA 70 - NEC •T ; 6UI'LDI^4 DIVISION :i.YCFk N Fes "+' =R c: er . ` 7oa d5::rrw -�. Inc O • O Z 0 0 0 0 u N Z .0 0 0 Z 1 m. • • N (8 ▪ - ~ 0 0 z • o «a0 - Z 4 a w t Z es 3 ' <• ov I- • v Q 1, 5 0 N N o Z co vl I- I. 3 0 O • z o c c .o l0 0 4 • o f Z <0 ' 0 110 t. 0 00 a�- • 0 0 0 3 t 0 ftN {1r Coi }a3 - ISSUED 1 REVISED OA7E BIDlPE•IIiT 5E8 _ Oa Co-07 800EI104V i 030107 — + ELECTRICAL PERMIT SET 0S'31•'�7 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM E-401 J00 NUMBER 206437,00 CON CONTACTOR SECTION )ExPIREs 7/1,16$ 1 1 1 rop CONSULTANT: MAROIS ENGINEERS, INC. 800 Stewart Street, Ste, 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 208 448 3376 R 206 448 4450 www.hargis.biz 4 m OWNER: NORDSTROM, INC. 1700 7th Avenue. Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T 208 303 4300 P 208 303 4319 www.nordstrom.COm z m r m m CD